[go: up one dir, main page]

HK1222668B - Ink formulations and film constructions thereof - Google Patents

Ink formulations and film constructions thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
HK1222668B
HK1222668B HK16110737.9A HK16110737A HK1222668B HK 1222668 B HK1222668 B HK 1222668B HK 16110737 A HK16110737 A HK 16110737A HK 1222668 B HK1222668 B HK 1222668B
Authority
HK
Hong Kong
Prior art keywords
ink
formulation
temperature
substrate
film
Prior art date
Application number
HK16110737.9A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
HK1222668A1 (en
Inventor
B.兰达
G.纳克曼诺维奇
G.高卢德茨
S.阿布拉莫维奇
Original Assignee
兰达公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from GBGB1401173.8A external-priority patent/GB201401173D0/en
Application filed by 兰达公司 filed Critical 兰达公司
Publication of HK1222668A1 publication Critical patent/HK1222668A1/en
Publication of HK1222668B publication Critical patent/HK1222668B/en

Links

Description

油墨制剂和其膜构造Ink formulations and film structures thereof

本公开的领域和背景FIELD AND BACKGROUND OF THE DISCLOSURE

本发明涉及适合于喷墨印刷系统,并且更具体地说适合于间接印刷系统的油墨制剂。还公开了使用这些油墨产生的油墨膜构造,包括粘着到印刷基材的油墨点,并且更具体地说包括连续油墨点。The present invention relates to ink formulations suitable for inkjet printing systems, and more particularly suitable for indirect printing systems. Ink film constructions produced using these inks are also disclosed, including ink dots, and more particularly continuous ink dots, adhered to a printing substrate.

当前,平版印刷是最常用于生产报纸和杂志的工艺。平版印刷涉及制备带有将要被印刷的图像的板,这些板被安放在印版滚筒上。在印版滚筒上产生的油墨图像被转移到运载橡皮布的胶印滚筒。图像从该橡皮布被施加到纸、卡片或另一种印刷媒介(被称为基材),该基材在胶印滚筒与压印滚筒之间馈送。出于多种众所周知的原因,平版胶印只有对于长时间的印刷过程是适合的并且经济上可行的。Currently, offset printing is the most commonly used process for producing newspapers and magazines. Lithographic printing involves preparing plates bearing the image to be printed, which are placed on a plate cylinder. The ink image produced on the plate cylinder is transferred to a blanket cylinder carrying a rubber blanket. From the blanket, the image is applied to paper, card, or another print medium (called a substrate), which is fed between the blanket cylinder and the impression cylinder. For various well-known reasons, offset lithography is only suitable and economically viable for long printing runs.

最近,已经开发出了数字印刷技术,其允许印刷装置直接从计算机接收指令而不需要制备印刷板。其中包括使用静电印刷工艺的彩色激光印刷机。使用干墨粉的彩色激光印刷机适合于某些应用,但其不会产生如杂志等出版物可以接受的质量的图像。More recently, digital printing technologies have been developed that allow printing devices to receive instructions directly from a computer without the need to prepare printing plates. These include color laser printers that use a xerographic printing process. Color laser printers that use dry toner are suitable for some applications, but they do not produce images of acceptable quality for publications such as magazines.

更好地适用于短程高质量数字印刷的工艺被用于HP-Indigo数字印刷机中。在这种工艺中,在带电荷的带图像滚筒上通过暴露于激光而产生静电图像。静电荷吸引油基油墨以在带图像滚筒上形成彩色油墨图像。该油墨图像然后经由橡皮布滚筒转移到基材上。虽然这些系统更适合于高质量数字印刷,但使用油基油墨产生环境问题。A process better suited for short-run, high-quality digital printing is used in HP Indigo digital presses. In this process, an electrostatic image is created on an electrically charged image cylinder by exposure to a laser. The electrostatic charge attracts oil-based ink, forming a color ink image on the image cylinder. This ink image is then transferred to the substrate via a blanket cylinder. While these systems are more suitable for high-quality digital printing, the use of oil-based inks raises environmental concerns.

先前也已经提出了使用间接喷墨印刷工艺的各种印刷装置,这种工艺是如下的工艺:其中使用喷墨印刷头将图像印刷到中间转移构件的表面上,该中间转移构件然后被用来将图像转移到基材上。中间转移构件(也被称为图像转移构件或ITM)可以是在辊上引导的刚性鼓或柔性带,在本文中也被称为橡皮布。Various printing devices using an indirect inkjet printing process have also been proposed previously. This process is a process in which an inkjet print head is used to print an image onto the surface of an intermediate transfer member, which is then used to transfer the image to a substrate. The intermediate transfer member (also referred to as an image transfer member or ITM) can be a rigid drum or a flexible belt guided on rollers, also referred to herein as a blanket.

使用间接印刷技术克服了许多与直接喷墨印刷到基材上有关的问题。举例来说,直接喷墨印刷到多孔纸或其他纤维材料上得到较差的图像质量,这是因为印刷头与基材表面之间的距离变化并且因为充当芯的基材。如纸张等纤维基材一般需要特定的涂层,这些涂层经过工程设计以按受控的方式吸收液体油墨或防止其穿透到基材的表面下方。然而,使用经特殊涂布的基材是一种费成本的选择,其不适合于某些印刷应用。此外,使用经涂布的基材所产生的其自身的问题在于,基材的表面保持潮湿并且需要额外的费成本的步骤来干燥油墨以使得稍后在基材被处理,例如堆叠或卷绕到辊中时油墨不会被抹掉。此外,过度弄湿基材导致起皱并且使得在基材的两个面上印刷(也被称为两面印刷或双面印刷)即使不是不可能,也是很困难的。Many problems related to direct inkjet printing on substrates are overcome using indirect printing technology. For example, direct inkjet printing on porous paper or other fibrous materials obtains poor image quality because the distance between the print head and the substrate surface changes and because the substrate acts as a core. Fibrous substrates such as paper generally require specific coatings that are engineered to absorb liquid ink or prevent it from penetrating below the surface of the substrate in a controlled manner. However, using a specially coated substrate is a costly option that is not suitable for certain printing applications. In addition, the problem inherent in using a coated substrate is that the surface of the substrate remains moist and requires an additional costly step to dry the ink so that the ink will not be wiped off when the substrate is processed, such as when stacked or wound into a roller. In addition, excessively wetting the substrate causes wrinkling and makes printing on both sides of the substrate (also referred to as two-sided printing or duplex printing) difficult, if not impossible.

另一方面,使用间接技术允许图像转移表面与喷墨印刷头之间的距离维持恒定,减少基材的潮湿度,因为油墨可以在被施加到基材之前于图像转移表面(也被称为释放层)上干燥。因此,基材上油墨膜的最终图像质量受基材的物理特性的影响较小。On the other hand, using indirect technology allows the distance between the image transfer surface and the inkjet print head to remain constant, reducing substrate moisture because the ink can dry on the image transfer surface (also known as the release layer) before being applied to the substrate. Therefore, the final image quality of the ink film on the substrate is less affected by the physical properties of the substrate.

这些复杂的间接印刷系统可以在多组互相关联的变量下操作,包括油墨制剂、与其接合的释放层的组成、使油墨沉积、干燥并且转移的温度以及为能够转移而在经干燥的油墨图像上施加的压力。These complex indirect printing systems can operate under multiple sets of interrelated variables, including the ink formulation, the composition of the release layer to which it is coupled, the temperature at which the ink is deposited, dried, and transferred, and the pressure applied to the dried ink image to enable transfer.

虽然已经提出了油墨制剂,并且尽管其各自在其已经适应的印刷系统中为优质的,但是在适合于喷墨的油墨制剂,并且特别是适合于在间接印刷系统的中间转移构件上喷墨的油墨制剂方面仍需要进一步的改进。还需要优质油墨膜构造。While ink formulations have been proposed, and while each is excellent in the printing systems to which it has been adapted, further improvements are needed in ink formulations suitable for inkjetting, and particularly for inkjetting onto intermediate transfer members of indirect printing systems. There is also a need for superior ink film construction.

发明概述SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

根据本发明的一些教示,提供一种油墨产品,其包含(a)至少一种着色剂;以及(b)至少一种有机聚合树脂;该油墨产品作为基本上干的残渣展现:(i)在60℃至87.5℃的第一温度范围的至少一部分中在106cP至5·107cP的范围内的动态粘度;以及(ii)在50℃至55℃的第二温度范围的至少一部分中至少6·107cP的动态粘度。According to some teachings of the present invention, there is provided an ink product comprising (a) at least one colorant; and (b) at least one organic polymeric resin; the ink product exhibiting, as a substantially dry residue: (i) a dynamic viscosity in a range of 10 6 cP to 5·10 7 cP in at least a portion of a first temperature range of 60°C to 87.5°C; and (ii) a dynamic viscosity of at least 6·10 7 cP in at least a portion of a second temperature range of 50°C to 55°C.

根据本发明的一个方面,提供一种油墨产品,其包含(a)至少一种着色剂;以及(b)至少一种有机聚合树脂;该油墨产品作为基本上干的残渣展现:(i)在60℃至87.5℃、60℃至100℃、60℃至105℃或60℃至110℃的第一温度范围的至少一部分中在106cP至5·107cP、8·107cP、1·108cP、2·108cP或3·108cP的范围内的动态粘度;以及(ii)在50℃至55℃的第二温度范围的至少一部分中至少6·107cP的动态粘度。According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided an ink product comprising (a) at least one colorant; and (b) at least one organic polymeric resin; the ink product exhibiting as a substantially dry residue: (i) a dynamic viscosity in the range of 10 6 cP to 5·10 7 cP, 8·10 7 cP, 1·10 8 cP, 2·10 8 cP or 3·10 8 cP in at least a portion of a first temperature range of 60°C to 87.5°C, 60°C to 100 ° C, 60°C to 105 °C or 60°C to 110°C; and (ii) a dynamic viscosity of at least 6·10 7 cP in at least a portion of a second temperature range of 50°C to 55 °C.

根据本发明的另一个方面,提供一种油墨膜构造,其包含油墨产品和印刷基材;该油墨产品被设置为至少一种固定地粘着到该印刷基材的表面的基本上干的油墨膜。According to another aspect of the present invention, an ink film construction is provided comprising an ink product and a printing substrate; the ink product being provided as at least one substantially dry ink film fixedly adhered to a surface of the printing substrate.

根据本发明的另一个方面,油墨产品是包含油墨产品和含水溶剂的油墨制剂,所述至少一种着色剂分散或至少部分溶解于溶剂内,所述至少一种有机聚合树脂分散于溶剂内。According to another aspect of the present invention, the ink product is an ink formulation comprising the ink product and an aqueous solvent, the at least one colorant being dispersed or at least partially dissolved in the solvent, and the at least one organic polymeric resin being dispersed in the solvent.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的进一步的特征,油墨制剂是水性喷墨油墨,其典型地具有以下中的至少一者:(i)在20-60℃的喷射温度范围内的至少一个特定温度下2至25cP的粘度;以及(ii)在该喷射温度范围内的至少一个特定温度下至多50毫牛顿/m的表面张力。According to further features in the described preferred embodiments, the ink formulation is an aqueous inkjet ink that typically has at least one of: (i) a viscosity of 2 to 25 cP at at least one specific temperature within the jetting temperature range of 20-60°C; and (ii) a surface tension of at most 50 millinewtons/meter at at least one specific temperature within the jetting temperature range.

根据本发明的另一个方面,提供一种水基喷墨油墨制剂,其包括:(a)含水溶剂;(b)至少一种分散或至少部分溶解于溶剂内的着色剂;以及(c)至少一种分散于溶剂内的有机聚合树脂;该油墨制剂在干燥时形成基本上干的油墨残渣,其具有:(i)在60℃至87.5℃的第一温度范围的至少一部分中在106cP至5·107cP的粘度范围内的动态粘度;以及(ii)在50℃至55℃的第二温度范围的至少一部分中至少6·107cP的动态粘度。According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a water-based inkjet ink formulation comprising: (a) an aqueous solvent; (b) at least one colorant dispersed or at least partially dissolved in the solvent; and (c) at least one organic polymeric resin dispersed in the solvent; the ink formulation, when dried, forms a substantially dry ink residue having: (i) a dynamic viscosity in the viscosity range of 10 6 cP to 5·10 7 cP in at least a portion of a first temperature range of 60°C to 87.5°C; and (ii) a dynamic viscosity of at least 6·10 7 cP in at least a portion of a second temperature range of 50°C to 55°C.

根据本发明的另一个方面,提供一种油墨膜构造,其包括:(a)印刷基材;以及(b)至少一种基本上干的油墨膜,其固定地粘着到印刷基材的表面,油墨膜含有至少一种分散于有机聚合树脂中的着色剂;油墨膜的动态粘度在60℃至87.5℃的第一温度范围的至少一部分中在106cP至5·107cP的范围内,并且在50℃至55℃的第二温度范围的至少一部分中是至少6·107cP。According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided an ink film construction comprising: (a) a printing substrate; and (b) at least one substantially dry ink film fixedly adhered to a surface of the printing substrate, the ink film comprising at least one colorant dispersed in an organic polymeric resin; the ink film having a dynamic viscosity in the range of 10 6 cP to 5·10 7 cP in at least a portion of a first temperature range of 60° C. to 87.5° C., and at least 6·10 7 cP in at least a portion of a second temperature range of 50° C. to 55° C.

根据本发明的另一个方面,提供一种水基喷墨油墨制剂,其包括:(a)含水溶剂;(b)至少一种分散或至少部分溶解于溶剂内的着色剂;以及(c)至少一种分散于溶剂内的有机聚合树脂;油墨制剂在干燥时形成基本上干的油墨残渣,其具有:(i)在60℃至100℃、60℃至105℃或60℃至110℃的第一温度范围的至少一部分中106cP至3·108cP范围内的第一动态粘度;以及(ii)在50℃至55℃的第二温度范围的至少一部分中至少6·107cP的第二动态粘度;在55℃下的第二动态粘度超过在85℃下的第一动态粘度;油墨制剂满足以下结构特性中的至少一者:(A)有机聚合树脂的至少一种特定树脂具有至少52℃、至少54℃、至少56℃、至少58℃、至少60℃、至少65℃、至少70℃、至少75℃、至少80℃、至少85℃、至少90℃或至少95℃的升高的玻璃转变温度(Tg);(B)基本上干的油墨残渣在100℃、90℃、85℃、80℃、75℃以及70℃中的至少一个温度下具有至少0.90的总可转移性等级;(C)至少一种特定树脂具有至少48℃、至少50℃、至少52℃、至少54℃、至少56℃、至少58℃、至少60℃、至少65℃、至少70℃或至少75℃的最小成膜温度(MFFT);(D)制剂包括在150℃下具有至多0.40kPa、至多0.35kPa、至多0.25kPa、至多0.20kPa、至多0.15kPa、至多0.12kPa、至多0.10kPa、至多0.08kPa、至多0.06kPa或至多0.05kPa的蒸气压的软化剂;以及(E)制剂包括被选择用于使该升高的玻璃转变温度降低至少5℃、至少7℃、至少10℃、至少15℃、至少20℃、至少25℃、至少30℃、至少40℃或至少50℃的软化剂。According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a water-based inkjet ink formulation comprising: (a) an aqueous solvent; (b) at least one colorant dispersed or at least partially dissolved in the solvent; and (c) at least one organic polymeric resin dispersed in the solvent; the ink formulation, when dried, forming a substantially dry ink residue having: (i) a first dynamic viscosity in the range of 10 6 cP to 3·10 8 cP in at least a portion of a first temperature range of 60° C. to 100° C., 60° C. to 105° C., or 60° C. to 110° C.; and (ii) a first dynamic viscosity in the range of at least 6·10 7 cP to 3·10 8 cP in at least a portion of a second temperature range of 50° C. to 55° C. cP; the second dynamic viscosity at 55°C exceeds the first dynamic viscosity at 85°C; the ink formulation satisfies at least one of the following structural properties: (A) at least one specific resin of the organic polymeric resin has an elevated glass transition temperature (Tg) of at least 52°C, at least 54°C, at least 56°C, at least 58°C, at least 60°C, at least 65°C, at least 70°C, at least 75°C, at least 80°C, at least 85°C, at least 90°C, or at least 95° C ); (B) a substantially dry ink residue having an overall transferability rating of at least 0.90 at at least one of 100°C, 90°C, 85°C, 80°C, 75°C, and 70°C; (C) at least one specific resin having a minimum film forming temperature (MFFT) of at least 48°C, at least 50°C, at least 52°C, at least 54°C, at least 56°C, at least 58°C, at least 60°C, at least 65°C, at least 70°C, or at least 75°C; (D) the formulation comprises a film forming temperature (MFFT) of at most 0.40 kPa, at most 0.60 kPa, at most 0.70 kPa, at most 0.80 kPa, at least 0.90 kPa, at least ... (E) the formulation includes a softener selected to lower the elevated glass transition temperature by at least 5°C, at least 7°C, at least 10°C, at least 15°C, at least 20°C, at least 25°C, at least 30°C, at least 40°C, or at least 50°C.

根据本发明的另一个方面,提供一种油墨膜构造,其包括:(a)印刷基材;以及(b)至少一种基本上干燥的油墨膜,其固定地粘着到印刷基材的表面,油墨膜含有至少一种分散于有机聚合树脂中的着色剂;油墨膜满足以下结构特性中的至少一者:(A)有机聚合树脂的至少一种特定树脂具有至少52℃、至少54℃、至少56℃、至少58℃、至少60℃、至少65℃、至少70℃、至少75℃、至少80℃、至少85℃、至少90℃或至少95℃的升高的玻璃转变温度(Tg);(B)基本上干燥的油墨残渣在100℃、90℃、85℃、80℃、75℃以及70℃中的至少一个温度下具有至少0.90的总可转移性等级;(C)至少一种特定树脂具有至少48℃、至少50℃、至少52℃、至少54℃、至少56℃、至少58℃、至少60℃、至少65℃、至少70℃或至少75℃的最小成膜温度(MFFT);(D)制剂包括在150℃下具有至多0.40kPa、至多0.35kPa、至多0.25kPa、至多0.20kPa、至多0.15kPa、至多0.12kPa、至多0.10kPa、至多0.08kPa、至多0.06kPa或至多0.05kPa的蒸气压的软化剂;以及(E)制剂包括被选择用于使该升高的玻璃转变温度降低至少5℃、至少7℃、至少10℃、至少15℃、至少20℃、至少25℃、至少30℃、至少40℃或至少50℃的软化剂;油墨膜展现以下结构特性中的至少一者:(I)在60℃至100℃、60℃至105℃或60℃至110℃的第一温度范围的至少一部分中106cP至3·108cP范围内的第一动态粘度;以及在50℃至55℃的第二温度范围的至少一部分中至少6·107cP的第二动态粘度,在55℃下的第二动态粘度超过在85℃下的第一动态粘度;(II)油墨膜包括覆盖表面区域的单一油墨点;该油墨点实现以下结构状态:其中,关于与整个区域上的表面正交的方向,该单一油墨点被设置为完全处于该区域上方,单一油墨点的平均或特征厚度是至多1,800nm;(III)油墨膜包括含在投射到印刷基材上的正方形几何投影投射内的油墨点集合或场域,该油墨点集合含有至少10个不同的油墨点,这些油墨点固定地粘着到印刷基材的表面,正方形几何投影内的所有油墨点算作该集合的单个成员,这些点中的每一者具有小于2,000nm的平均厚度和5至300微米的直径;这些油墨点中的每一者具有一般呈凸面的形状,其中凸度偏差(DC)是用以下来定义:According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided an ink film construction comprising: (a) a printing substrate; and (b) at least one substantially dry ink film fixedly adhered to a surface of the printing substrate, the ink film comprising at least one colorant dispersed in an organic polymeric resin; the ink film satisfying at least one of the following structural properties: (A) at least one specific resin of the organic polymeric resin has an elevated glass transition temperature (Tg) of at least 52°C, at least 54°C, at least 56°C, at least 58°C, at least 60°C, at least 65°C, at least 70°C, at least 75°C, at least 80°C, at least 85°C, at least 90°C, or at least 95°C ; ); (B) the substantially dry ink residue has an overall transferability rating of at least 0.90 at at least one of 100°C, 90°C, 85°C, 80°C, 75°C, and 70°C; (C) at least one specific resin has a minimum film forming temperature (MFFT) of at least 48°C, at least 50°C, at least 52°C, at least 54°C, at least 56°C, at least 58°C, at least 60°C, at least 65°C, at least 70°C, or at least 75°C; (D) the formulation comprises a minimum film forming temperature (MFFT) of at most 0.40 kPa, at most 0.35 kPa, at most 0.25 kPa, at most 0.20 kPa, at most 0 0.15 kPa, at most 0.12 kPa, at most 0.10 kPa, at most 0.08 kPa, at most 0.06 kPa, or at most 0.05 kPa; and (E) the formulation includes a softening agent selected to lower the elevated glass transition temperature by at least 5°C, at least 7°C, at least 10°C, at least 15°C, at least 20°C, at least 25°C, at least 30°C, at least 40°C, or at least 50°C; the ink film exhibiting at least one of the following structural properties: (I) a softening agent having a vapor pressure of at most ...I) a softening agent having a vapor pressure of at most 0.15 kPa, at most 0.12 kPa, at most 0.10 kPa, at most 0.08 kPa, at most 0.06 kPa, or at most 0.05 kPa and a second dynamic viscosity of at least 6.10 7 cP in at least a portion of a second temperature range of 50° C. to 55 ° C., the second dynamic viscosity at 55° C. exceeding the first dynamic viscosity at 85° C.; (II) the ink film comprises a single ink dot covering a surface area; the ink dot achieving a structural state wherein, with respect to a direction normal to the surface over the entire area, the single ink dot is disposed entirely over the area, and an average or characteristic thickness of the single ink dot is at most 1,800 nm; (III) the ink film comprises a set or field of ink dots contained within a square geometric projection projected onto a printing substrate, the set of ink dots containing at least 10 different ink dots, the ink dots being fixedly adhered to the surface of the printing substrate, all ink dots within the square geometric projection being counted as individual members of the set, each of the dots having an average thickness of less than 2,000 nm and a diameter of 5 to 300 microns; each of the ink dots having a generally convex shape, wherein a deviation from convexity (DC point ) is defined as follows:

DC=1-AA/CSA,DC point = 1-AA/CSA,

AA是该点的计算投影面积,该面积被设置为一般平行于第一纤维印刷基材;并且CSA是最低限度地界定投影面积的轮廓的凸面形状的表面积;油墨点集合的平均凸度偏差(DC点平均值)是至多0.085;以及(IV)上述油墨点集合,这些点中的每一者具有小于2,000nm的平均厚度和5至300微米的直径;这些油墨点中的每一者所具有的与光滑圆形的偏差(DR)是用以下来表示:AA is the calculated projected area of the dot, the area being disposed generally parallel to the first fibrous printing substrate; and CSA is the surface area of a convex shape that minimally defines the outline of the projected area; the average deviation from convexity ( DCdotavg ) of the ink dot set is at most 0.085; and (IV) the above-mentioned set of ink dots, each of the dots having an average thickness of less than 2,000 nm and a diameter of 5 to 300 microns; each of the ink dots having a deviation from a smooth circle ( DRdot ) represented by:

DR=[P2/(4π·A)]-1,DR point = [P 2 /(4π·A)]-1,

P是该油墨点的测量或计算周长;A是由该周长包含的最大测量或计算面积;油墨点集合的平均偏差(DR点平均值)是至多0.85。P is the measured or calculated perimeter of the ink dot; A is the maximum measured or calculated area encompassed by the perimeter; and the mean deviation of the ink dot set (DR dot average ) is at most 0.85.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的进一步的特征,第一温度范围内的动态粘度是至多2·108cP、1·108cP或8·107cP。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the dynamic viscosity in the first temperature range is at most 2·10 8 cP, 1·10 8 cP, or 8·10 7 cP.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,在55℃下的第二动态粘度与在85℃下的第一动态粘度的比是至少1.7、至少2、至少2.5、至少3、至少4、至少4.5、至少5、至少6、至少7、至少8或至少10。According to further features in the described preferred embodiments, the ratio of the second dynamic viscosity at 55°C to the first dynamic viscosity at 85°C is at least 1.7, at least 2, at least 2.5, at least 3, at least 4, at least 4.5, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7, at least 8, or at least 10.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,该粘度比是至多30、至多25、至多20、至多15或至多12。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the viscosity ratio is at most 30, at most 25, at most 20, at most 15, or at most 12.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,着色剂包括至少一种颜料。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the colorant includes at least one pigment.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,油墨点内着色剂和树脂的总浓度是至少7%、至少10%、至少15%、至少20%、至少30%、至少40%、至少50%、至少60%、至少70%或至少85%。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the total concentration of colorant and resin within the ink dot is at least 7%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, or at least 85%.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,多个油墨膜内树脂与着色剂的重量比是至少1:1、至少1.25:1、至少1.5:1、至少1.75:1、至少2:1、至少2.5:1、至少3:1、至少3.5:1、至少4:1、至少5:1、至少7:1或至少10:1。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the weight ratio of resin to colorant in the plurality of ink films is at least 1:1, at least 1.25:1, at least 1.5:1, at least 1.75:1, at least 2:1, at least 2.5:1, at least 3:1, at least 3.5:1, at least 4:1, at least 5:1, at least 7:1, or at least 10:1.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,油墨点含有少于2%、少于1%、少于0.5%或少于0.1%的一种或多种电荷导向剂,或基本上没有电荷导向剂。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the ink dot contains less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, or less than 0.1% of one or more charge directors, or is substantially free of charge directors.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,油墨膜含有至多5%、至多3%、至多2%、至多1%或至多0.5%(按重量计)的无机填料粒子(如二氧化硅或氧化钛)。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the ink film contains at most 5%, at most 3%, at most 2%, at most 1%, or at most 0.5% by weight of inorganic filler particles (such as silica or titania).

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,制剂含有至多20%、至多16%、至多13%、至多10%、至多8%、至多6%、至多4%、至多3%、至多2%、至多1%或至多0.2%(按重量计)的甘油。According to further features in the described preferred embodiments, the formulation contains at most 20%, at most 16%, at most 13%, at most 10%, at most 8%, at most 6%, at most 4%, at most 3%, at most 2%, at most 1% or at most 0.2% (by weight) glycerol.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,油墨点含有少于5%、少于3%、少于2%或少于0.5%的一种或多种烃或油,或基本上没有这些烃或油。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the ink dot contains less than 5%, less than 3%, less than 2%, or less than 0.5% of one or more hydrocarbons or oils, or is substantially free of such hydrocarbons or oils.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,油墨膜被设置为层压到印刷基材的表面上。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the ink film is configured to be laminated to a surface of the printing substrate.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,纤维印刷基材的纤维直接接触油墨点。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, fibers of the fibrous printing substrate directly contact the ink dots.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,经商品涂布的纤维印刷基材含有具有少于10%、少于5%、少于3%或少于1%(按重量计)的吸水性聚合物的涂层。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the mass-coated fibrous printing substrate comprises a coating having less than 10%, less than 5%, less than 3%, or less than 1% by weight of a water-absorbing polymer.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,纤维印刷基材是纸,该纸任选选自由以下纸类组成的群组的纸:证券纸、未经涂布的胶印纸、经涂布的胶印纸、复印纸、木质纸、经涂布的木质纸、不含机械木浆纸(freesheet paper)、经涂布的不含机械木浆纸,以及激光纸。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the fibrous printing substrate is paper, optionally selected from the group consisting of bond paper, uncoated offset paper, coated offset paper, copy paper, wood paper, coated wood paper, freesheet paper, coated freesheet paper, and laser paper.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,油墨膜的平均(总)厚度在100-1,200nm、200-1,200nm、200-1,000nm、100-800nm、100-600nm、100-500nm、100-450nm、100-400nm、100-350nm、100-300nm、200-450nm、200-400nm或200-350nm的范围内。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the average (total) thickness of the ink film is in the range of 100-1,200 nm, 200-1,200 nm, 200-1,000 nm, 100-800 nm, 100-600 nm, 100-500 nm, 100-450 nm, 100-400 nm, 100-350 nm, 100-300 nm, 200-450 nm, 200-400 nm or 200-350 nm.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,平均(总)油墨膜厚度或单一油墨点厚度是至少150nm、至少200nm、至少250nm、至少300nm或至少350nm。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the average (total) ink film thickness or single ink dot thickness is at least 150 nm, at least 200 nm, at least 250 nm, at least 300 nm, or at least 350 nm.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,单一的油墨点的平均厚度在100-800nm、100-600nm、100-500nm、100-450nm、100-400nm、100-350nm、100-300nm、200-450nm、200-400nm或200-350nm的范围内。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the average thickness of a single ink dot is in the range of 100-800 nm, 100-600 nm, 100-500 nm, 100-450 nm, 100-400 nm, 100-350 nm, 100-300 nm, 200-450 nm, 200-400 nm or 200-350 nm.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,油墨膜具有至多5,000nm、至多4,000nm、至多3,500nm、至多3,000nm、至多2,500nm或至多2,000nm的平均厚度或高度。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the ink film has an average thickness or height of at most 5,000 nm, at most 4,000 nm, at most 3,500 nm, at most 3,000 nm, at most 2,500 nm, or at most 2,000 nm.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,油墨膜具有至多1,800nm、至多1,500nm、至多1,200nm、至多1,000nm、至多800nm、至多650nm、至多500nm、至多450nm或至多400nm的平均厚度或高度。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the ink film has an average thickness or height of at most 1,800 nm, at most 1,500 nm, at most 1,200 nm, at most 1,000 nm, at most 800 nm, at most 650 nm, at most 500 nm, at most 450 nm, or at most 400 nm.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,正方形几何投影具有0.5mm至15mm或约10mm、5mm、2mm、1mm、0.8mm或0.6mm的范围内的边长。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the square geometric projection has a side length in the range of 0.5 mm to 15 mm, or approximately 10 mm, 5 mm, 2 mm, 1 mm, 0.8 mm, or 0.6 mm.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,喷墨点的直径是至少7、至少10、至少12、至少15、至少18或至少20微米。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the diameter of the inkjet dot is at least 7, at least 10, at least 12, at least 15, at least 18, or at least 20 microns.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的进一步的特征,第一动态粘度是至多4·107cP、至多3·107cP、至多2.5·107cP、至多2·107cP、至多1.5·107cP或至多1·107cP。According to further features in the described preferred embodiments, the first dynamic viscosity is at most 4·10 7 cP, at most 3·10 7 cP, at most 2.5·10 7 cP, at most 2·10 7 cP, at most 1.5·10 7 cP, or at most 1·10 7 cP.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,第一动态粘度是至少2·106cP、至少4·106cP、至少6·106cP、至少7·106cP、至少8·106cP或至少9·106cP。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the first dynamic viscosity is at least 2·10 6 cP, at least 4·10 6 cP, at least 6·10 6 cP, at least 7·10 6 cP, at least 8·10 6 cP, or at least 9·10 6 cP.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,第一动态粘度在106cP至4·107cP、106cP至3·107cP、106cP至2·107cP、3·106cP至4·107cP、3·106cP至3·107cP、5·106cP至3·107cP、7·106cP至3·107cP、8·106cP至3·107cP、9·106cP至3·107cP、107cP至5·107cP、107cP至5·107cP、107cP至4·107cP、107cP至3·107cP、1.5·107cP至3·107cP或107cP至3·107cP的范围内。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the first dynamic viscosity is between 10 6 cP and 4·10 7 cP, 10 6 cP and 3·10 7 cP, 10 6 cP and 2·10 7 cP, 3·10 6 cP and 4·10 7 cP, 3·10 6 cP and 3·10 7 cP, 5·10 6 cP and 3·10 7 cP, 7·10 6 cP and 3·10 7 cP, 8·10 6 cP and 3·10 7 cP, 9·10 6 cP and 3·10 7 cP, 10 7 cP and 5·10 7 cP, 10 7 cP and 5·10 7 cP, 10 7 cP and 4·10 7 cP, 10 7 cP and 3·10 7 cP, 15·10 7 cP and 10 7 cP. cP to 3·10 7 cP or 10 7 cP to 3·10 7 cP.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,第二温度范围内的第二动态粘度是至少8·107cP、至少9·107cP、至少108cP、至少1.2·108cP、至少1.5·108cP、至少2.0·108cP、至少2.5·108cP、至少3.0·108cP、至少3.5·108cP、至少4.0·108cP、至少5.0·108cP或至少7.5·108cP。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the second dynamic viscosity in the second temperature range is at least 8·10 7 cP, at least 9·10 7 cP, at least 10 8 cP, at least 1.2·10 8 cP, at least 1.5·10 8 cP, at least 2.0·10 8 cP, at least 2.5·10 8 cP, at least 3.0·10 8 cP, at least 3.5·10 8 cP, at least 4.0·10 8 cP, at least 5.0·10 8 cP or at least 7.5·10 8 cP.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,该第二动态粘度是至多6·109cP、至多4·109cP、至多3·109cP、至多2·109cP、至多1.5·109cP或至多109cP。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the second dynamic viscosity is at most 6·10 9 cP, at most 4·10 9 cP, at most 3·10 9 cP, at most 2·10 9 cP, at most 1.5·10 9 cP, or at most 10 9 cP.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,该第二动态粘度在7·107cP至5·109cP、7·107cP至3·109cP、7·107cP至2·109cP、7·107cP至1·109cP、8·107cP至5·109cP、9·107cP至5·109cP、9·107cP至3·109cP、9·107cP至2·109cP、9·107cP至1.5·109cP、1·108cP至5·109cP、1·108cP至3·109cP、1·108cP至2·109cP或1.5·108cP至1.5·109cP的范围内。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the second dynamic viscosity is between 7·10 7 cP and 5·10 9 cP, 7·10 7 cP and 3·10 9 cP, 7·10 7 cP and 2·10 9 cP, 7·10 7 cP and 1·10 9 cP, 8·10 7 cP and 5·10 9 cP, 9·10 7 cP and 5·10 9 cP, 9·10 7 cP and 3·10 9 cP, 9·10 7 cP and 2·10 9 cP, 9·10 7 cP and 1.5·10 9 cP, 1·10 8 cP and 5·10 9 cP, 1·10 8 cP and 3·10 9 cP, 1·10 8 cP and 2·10 9 cP , or 1.5·10 8 cP. The range is from cP to 1.5·10 9 cP.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,第一温度范围的温度上限是87℃、86℃、85℃、84℃、82℃、80℃、78℃、76℃、74℃、72℃、70℃或68℃。According to further features in the described preferred embodiments, the upper temperature limit of the first temperature range is 87°C, 86°C, 85°C, 84°C, 82°C, 80°C, 78°C, 76°C, 74°C, 72°C, 70°C or 68°C.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,该范围的温度下限是61℃、62℃、63℃、64℃或65℃。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the lower temperature limit of the range is 61°C, 62°C, 63°C, 64°C, or 65°C.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,油墨膜或干燥油墨残渣具有至少52℃、至少54℃、至少56℃、至少58℃、至少60℃、至少65℃、至少70℃、至少75℃、至少80℃、至少85℃、至少90℃或至少95℃的玻璃转变温度(Tg)。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the ink film or dried ink residue has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of at least 52°C, at least 54°C, at least 56°C, at least 58°C, at least 60°C, at least 65°C, at least 70°C, at least 75°C, at least 80°C, at least 85°C, at least 90°C, or at least 95° C .

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,多个油墨膜或经干燥的油墨残渣含有至少一种水溶性物质或至少一种水可分散性物质,任选包括水性分散剂。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the plurality of ink films or dried ink residues contain at least one water-soluble substance or at least one water-dispersible substance, optionally including an aqueous dispersant.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,油墨膜或经干燥的油墨残渣含有至少2%、至少3%、至少5%或至少8%(按重量计)的水溶性物质。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the ink film or dried ink residue contains at least 2%, at least 3%, at least 5%, or at least 8% (by weight) of water-soluble materials.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,油墨膜或经干燥的油墨残渣含有至少1.2%、至少1.5%、至少2%、至少3%、至少4%、至少6%、至少8%、至少10%、至少12%、至少15%或至少20%(按重量计)的着色剂。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the ink film or dried ink residue contains at least 1.2%, at least 1.5%, at least 2%, at least 3%, at least 4%, at least 6%, at least 8%, at least 10%, at least 12%, at least 15% or at least 20% (by weight) colorant.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,油墨膜或经干燥的油墨残渣含有至少20%、至少30%、至少40%、至少50%、至少60%或至少70%(按重量计)的树脂。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the ink film or dried ink residue contains at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, or at least 70% by weight resin.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,ΔT定义使油墨膜或经干燥的油墨残渣开始展现特定流动性程度的温度(TF)与基线温度(TB)之间的温差:According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, ΔT defines the temperature difference between a temperature ( TF ) at which the ink film or dried ink residue begins to exhibit a certain degree of fluidity and a baseline temperature ( TB ):

ΔT=TF-TB ΔT= TF - TB

通过使得达成该流动性程度的临界粘度(μCR)来定义流动性程度,并且其中,当基线温度等于50℃并且临界粘度等于108cP时,温差是至少3℃、至少4℃、至少5℃、至少7℃、至少12℃、至少15℃、至少18℃、至少20℃或至少25℃。The degree of fluidity is defined by the critical viscosity ( μCR ) that achieves the degree of fluidity, and wherein, when the baseline temperature is equal to 50°C and the critical viscosity is equal to 108 cP, the temperature difference is at least 3°C, at least 4°C, at least 5°C, at least 7°C, at least 12°C, at least 15°C, at least 18°C, at least 20°C, or at least 25°C.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,印刷基材是纤维印刷基材、经商品涂布的印刷基材、未经涂布的印刷基材或经涂布或未经涂布的胶印基材。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the printing substrate is a fibrous printing substrate, a commodity coated printing substrate, an uncoated printing substrate, or a coated or uncoated offset printing substrate.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,连续油墨膜的连续油墨膜被定义为油墨点,无量纲纵横比(R纵横)是如下定义:According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, a continuous ink film of the continuous ink film is defined as an ink dot, and the dimensionless aspect ratio ( Raspect ) is defined as follows:

R纵横=D/H R vertical and horizontal = D point / H point

其中:D是该点的平均直径;H是该点的平均厚度;无量纲纵横比是至少15、至少20、至少25或至少30、至少40、至少50、至少60、至少75、至少85、至少95、至少110或至少120。wherein: D point is the average diameter of the point; H point is the average thickness of the point; and the dimensionless aspect ratio is at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, or at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 60, at least 75, at least 85, at least 95, at least 110, or at least 120.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,无量纲纵横比是至多200或至多175。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the dimensionless aspect ratio is at most 200 or at most 175.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,多个连续油墨膜是固定地直接粘附在印刷基材的表面上。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the plurality of continuous ink films are fixedly adhered directly to the surface of the printing substrate.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,着色剂占制剂的至少0.3%、至少0.5%、至少0.7%、至少0.85%、至少1%、至少1.2%、至少1.4%、至少1.6%、至少1.8%或至少2%(按重量计)。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the colorant comprises at least 0.3%, at least 0.5%, at least 0.7%, at least 0.85%, at least 1%, at least 1.2%, at least 1.4%, at least 1.6%, at least 1.8% or at least 2% (by weight) of the formulation.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,制剂进一步包括软化剂,其任选在150℃下具有至多0.40kPa、至多0.35kPa、至多0.25kPa、至多0.20kPa、至多0.15kPa、至多0.12kPa、至多0.10kPa、至多0.08kPa、至多0.06kPa或至多0.05kPa的蒸气压。According to further features in the described preferred embodiments, the formulation further includes a softener, optionally having a vapor pressure at 150°C of at most 0.40 kPa, at most 0.35 kPa, at most 0.25 kPa, at most 0.20 kPa, at most 0.15 kPa, at most 0.12 kPa, at most 0.10 kPa, at most 0.08 kPa, at most 0.06 kPa or at most 0.05 kPa.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,软化剂在高达至少170℃、至少185℃、至少200℃或至少220℃的温度下是化学上稳定的。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the softening agent is chemically stable up to a temperature of at least 170°C, at least 185°C, at least 200°C, or at least 220°C.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,制剂或至少一种有机聚合树脂进一步包括水性分散剂,该分散剂任选占制剂的至多5%、至多4.5%、至多4%、至多3.5wt.%、至多3wt.%、至多2.5wt.%、至多2wt.%、至多1.5wt.%、至多1wt.%或至多0.5wt.%。According to further features in the described preferred embodiments, the formulation or at least one organic polymeric resin further includes an aqueous dispersant, which optionally comprises at most 5%, at most 4.5%, at most 4%, at most 3.5 wt.%, at most 3 wt.%, at most 2.5 wt.%, at most 2 wt.%, at most 1.5 wt.%, at most 1 wt.% or at most 0.5 wt.% of the formulation.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,该分散剂选自由以下组成的群组:高分子量聚氨酯或氨基氨基甲酸酯、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物、改性聚丙烯酸酯聚合物、通过受控自由基聚合制成的丙烯酸嵌段共聚物、磺基琥珀酸酯、炔二醇、羧酸的铵盐、羧酸的烷基醇铵盐、具有酸基的脂肪族聚醚以及乙氧基化非离子脂肪醇。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the dispersant is selected from the group consisting of high molecular weight polyurethanes or aminocarbamates, styrene-acrylic acid copolymers, modified polyacrylate polymers, acrylic block copolymers made by controlled free radical polymerization, sulfosuccinates, acetylenic diols, ammonium salts of carboxylic acids, alkylol ammonium salts of carboxylic acids, aliphatic polyethers having acid groups, and ethoxylated nonionic fatty alcohols.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,聚合树脂包括或主要包括选自由丙烯酸聚合物和丙烯酸-苯乙烯共聚物组成的群组的基于丙烯酸的聚合物;或包括或主要包括聚酯或共-聚酯的直链或分枝链树脂。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the polymeric resin comprises or consists essentially of an acrylic-based polymer selected from the group consisting of acrylic polymers and acrylic-styrene copolymers; or comprises or consists essentially of a linear or branched chain resin of a polyester or co-polyester.

根据所描述的优选实施方案中的更进一步的特征,调配油墨制剂,使得当通过稀释溶剂或水按重量/重量计稀释至少50%、至少100%、至少150%、至少200%、至少250%、至少300%、至少350%或至少400%时,所得混合物是水性喷墨油墨,其具有:(i)在范围内20-60℃的至少一个特定温度下2至25cP的粘度;以及(ii)在该范围内的至少一个特定温度下至多50毫牛顿/m的表面张力。According to still further features in the described preferred embodiments, the ink formulation is formulated so that when diluted at least 50%, at least 100%, at least 150%, at least 200%, at least 250%, at least 300%, at least 350%, or at least 400% on a weight/weight basis with a dilution solvent or water, the resulting mixture is an aqueous inkjet ink having: (i) a viscosity of 2 to 25 cP at at least one specific temperature in the range of 20-60°C; and (ii) a surface tension of at most 50 millinewtons/meter at at least one specific temperature in the range.

附图简述BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

现在将参考附图通过举例来进一步描述本发明,在附图中:The present invention will now be further described by way of example with reference to the accompanying drawings, in which:

图1是印刷系统的分解示意性透视图,根据该透视图可使用本发明的实施方案;FIG1 is an exploded schematic perspective view of a printing system according to which an embodiment of the present invention may be used;

图2是经图1的印刷系统的示意性纵剖面,其中印刷系统的各个组件未按比例绘制;FIG2 is a schematic longitudinal section through the printing system of FIG1 , wherein the various components of the printing system are not drawn to scale;

图3是本发明的印刷系统的示意性图示,根据该示意性图示可使用本发明的实施方案;FIG3 is a schematic illustration of a printing system of the present invention, according to which an embodiment of the present invention may be used;

图4A提供对于各个油墨制剂的经干燥的油墨残渣来说,动态粘度随温度而变的温度扫描曲线;FIG4A provides a temperature sweep plot of dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for the dried ink residue of various ink formulations;

图4B提供对于本发明油墨制剂的经干燥的油墨残渣来说,动态粘度随温度而变的温度扫描曲线;FIG4B provides a temperature sweep curve of dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for the dried ink residue of the ink formulation of the present invention;

图5提供对于提供于图4A和4B中的各个油墨制剂的代表性经干燥油墨残渣来说,动态粘度随温度而变的温度扫描曲线;FIG5 provides a temperature sweep plot of dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for a representative dried ink residue of each of the ink formulations provided in FIG4A and 4B;

图6提供对于本发明的油墨制剂的代表性经干燥油墨残渣与若干可商购的喷墨油墨的经干燥油墨残渣来说,动态粘度随温度而变的温度扫描曲线;FIG6 provides temperature sweep plots of dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for representative dried ink residues of ink formulations of the present invention and dried ink residues of several commercially available inkjet inks;

图7A提供对于使用第一热塑性树脂和第一软化剂的具有相同组分和不同比率的软化剂的五个油墨制剂的经干燥油墨残渣来说,动态粘度随温度而变的第一多个温度扫描曲线;FIG7A provides a first plurality of temperature sweep curves of dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for dried ink residues of five ink formulations using a first thermoplastic resin and a first softener having the same composition and different ratios of softeners;

图7B提供对于相对于图7A中所用使用不同热塑性树脂和不同软化剂的具有相同组分和不同比率的软化剂的五个油墨制剂的经干燥油墨残渣来说,动态粘度随温度而变的第二多个温度扫描曲线;FIG7B provides a second plurality of temperature sweeps of dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for dried ink residues of five ink formulations having the same components and different ratios of softeners relative to those used in FIG7A using different thermoplastic resins and different softeners;

图8A-8D是对于具有不同软化剂和不同浓度的那些试剂的油墨制剂的残膜来说,动态粘度随温度而变的温度扫描曲线;8A-8D are temperature sweep plots of dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for residual films of ink formulations having different softening agents and different concentrations of those agents;

图9提供对于具有不同着色剂(C、M、Y、K)而另外具有相同制剂组成的四个油墨制剂的经干燥油墨残渣来说,动态粘度随温度而变的温度扫描曲线;FIG9 provides temperature sweep curves of dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for dried ink residues of four ink formulations having different colorants (C, M, Y, K) but otherwise having the same formulation composition;

图10A-F展示使用各种印刷技术获得的在经涂布的纸质基材上的油墨膜的二维(图10A-C)和三维(图10D-F)激光显微镜采集的放大图像,其中:图10A和10D是液体电子照相膜(LEP)的放大图像;图10B和10E是胶印斑点的放大图像;并且图10C和10F是根据本发明的喷墨油墨膜构造的放大图像;Figures 10A-F show magnified images acquired by laser microscopy in two dimensions (Figures 10A-C) and three dimensions (Figures 10D-F) of ink films on coated paper substrates obtained using various printing techniques, wherein: Figures 10A and 10D are magnified images of a liquid electrophotographic film (LEP); Figures 10B and 10E are magnified images of offset print spots; and Figures 10C and 10F are magnified images of inkjet ink film constructions according to the present invention;

图11A-F展示使用各种印刷技术获得的在未经涂布的纸质基材上的油墨膜的二维(图11A-C)和三维(图11D-F)激光显微镜采集的放大图像,其中:图11A和11D是液体电子照相膜(LEP)的放大图像;图11B和11E是胶印斑点的放大图像;并且图11C和11F是根据本发明的喷墨油墨膜构造的放大图像;Figures 11A-F show magnified images acquired by laser microscopy in two dimensions (Figures 11A-C) and three dimensions (Figures 11D-F) of ink films on uncoated paper substrates obtained using various printing techniques, wherein: Figures 11A and 11D are magnified images of a liquid electrophotographic film (LEP); Figures 11B and 11E are magnified images of offset print spots; and Figures 11C and 11F are magnified images of inkjet ink film constructions according to the present invention;

图12A-1至12E-1提供使用本发明的油墨制剂产生的在经商品涂布的纤维基材(图12A-1至12C-1)和未经涂布的纤维基材(图12D-1和12E-1)上的油墨点或膜的场域的放大视图;Figures 12A-1 to 12E-1 provide magnified views of fields of ink dots or films on mass-coated fibrous substrates (Figures 12A-1 to 12C-1) and uncoated fibrous substrates (Figures 12D-1 and 12E-1) produced using the ink formulations of the present invention;

图12A-2至12E-2提供图12A-1至12E-1的画面的一部分的进一步的放大视图,其中被设置在经商品涂布的纸上的油墨膜提供于图12A-2至12C-2中,并且其中被设置在未涂布纸上的油墨膜提供于图12D-2和12E-2中;对应光学均匀性分布提供于图12A-3至12E-3中;Figures 12A-2 through 12E-2 provide further enlarged views of a portion of the panels of Figures 12A-1 through 12E-1, with ink films disposed on mass-coated paper provided in Figures 12A-2 through 12C-2, and with ink films disposed on uncoated paper provided in Figures 12D-2 and 12E-2; corresponding optical uniformity distributions are provided in Figures 12A-3 through 12E-3;

图12A-4至12E-4提供被设置在涂布纸(图12A-4至12C-4)和未涂布纸(图12D-4和12E-4)上的油墨膜的放大视图,以及其对应图像处理器计算轮廓和凸度投影,油墨膜使用本发明的油墨制剂产生;Figures 12A-4 through 12E-4 provide magnified views of ink films disposed on coated paper (Figures 12A-4 through 12C-4) and uncoated paper (Figures 12D-4 and 12E-4), and their corresponding image processor-calculated profile and convexity projections, the ink films produced using the ink formulations of the present invention;

图13A提供使用可商购、水性、直接喷墨式印刷机产生的在经商品涂布的纤维基材上的油墨点的场域的放大视图;FIG13A provides a magnified view of a field of ink dots on a mass-coated fibrous substrate produced using a commercially available, aqueous, direct inkjet printer;

图13B提供使用相同、可商购、水性、直接喷墨式印刷机产生的在未经涂布的纤维基材上的油墨点的场域的放大视图;FIG13B provides a magnified view of a field of ink dots on an uncoated fibrous substrate produced using the same commercially available, aqueous, direct inkjet printer;

图14A-2至14F-2提供使用各种现有技术印刷技术在未经涂布(图14A-2至14C-2)和经涂布(图14D-2至14F-2)纸上获得的油墨斑点或膜的图像,以及其光学均匀性分布(14A-1至14F-1);Figures 14A-2 to 14F-2 provide images of ink spots or films obtained on uncoated (Figures 14A-2 to 14C-2) and coated (Figures 14D-2 to 14F-2) paper using various prior art printing techniques, as well as their optical uniformity distribution (14A-1 to 14F-1);

图15A示出了具有凸集的数学特性的二维形状;FIG15A illustrates a two-dimensional shape having the mathematical properties of a convex set;

图15B示出了具有非凸集的数学特性的二维形状;FIG15B illustrates a two-dimensional shape having the mathematical properties of a non-convex set;

图15C是具有小流和小湾的油墨膜的示意性顶部投影,该示意性投影示出了油墨图像的光滑投影;FIG15C is a schematic top projection of an ink film with small rivulets and inlets, which shows a smooth projection of the ink image;

图16A和16B提供本发明油墨膜构造和现有技术的喷墨油墨点构造各自的示意性剖视图,其中基材是纤维纸质基材;并且Figures 16A and 16B provide schematic cross-sectional views of an ink film construction of the present invention and a prior art inkjet ink dot construction, respectively, wherein the substrate is a fibrous paper substrate; and

图17A和17C各自示出了中间转移构件的外层的表面的图像;图17B和17D是根据本发明,使用那些外层产生的油墨膜的表面的对应图像。17A and 17C each show an image of the surface of an outer layer of an intermediate transfer member; and Figs. 17B and 17D are corresponding images of the surface of an ink film produced using those outer layers in accordance with the present invention.

所说明实施方案的详细描述Detailed Description of the Illustrated Embodiments

可以参考图式和附随的描述来更好地理解根据本发明的油墨制剂和油墨膜构造。The ink formulations and ink film constructions according to the present invention may be better understood with reference to the drawings and accompanying description.

在详细解释本发明的至少一个实施方案之前,应了解,本发明在其应用方面并不受限于以下描述中所阐述的或图式中所说明的构造的细节和组分的配置。本发明可以有其他的实施方案或能够按各种方式来实施或执行。而且,应了解,本文中所采用的措辞和术语是为了描述的目的并且不应被视为限制。Before explaining at least one embodiment of the present invention in detail, it should be understood that the present invention is not limited in its application to the details of the construction and the configuration of the components set forth in the following description or illustrated in the drawings. The present invention may have other embodiments or be implemented or carried out in various ways. Furthermore, it should be understood that the wording and terminology employed herein are for descriptive purposes only and should not be construed as limiting.

可使用本发明油墨制剂,并且可特别地通过以下印刷工艺或通过使用实现这些工艺的任何印刷系统获得油墨膜构造。适合用于使用本文所公开的油墨制剂和用于制备根据本发明的油墨膜的印刷工艺包括将油墨的小滴引导到中间转移构件上以形成油墨图像,该油墨包括于水性载剂中的有机聚合树脂和着色剂(例如颜料或染料),并且转移构件具有疏水外表面,油墨图像中的每个油墨小滴在撞击中间转移构件时就展开以形成湿油墨膜(例如保存碰撞时呈现的小滴的展平和水平延伸的主要部分或覆盖取决于小滴中的油墨质量的区域的薄膜)。通过从油墨图像中蒸发水性载剂以留下包括树脂和着色剂的干的或基本上干的残膜来干燥油墨,同时用中间转移构件转运油墨图像。然后,将残膜转移到基材(例如通过将中间转移构件压在基材上以将残膜压印到上面)。油墨的化学组成和中间转移构件的表面的化学组成经过选择,以使得每个小滴的外皮中和中间转移构件的表面上的分子之间的吸引的分子间力抵抗了由每个小滴产生的油墨膜在水性载剂的表面张力作用下成珠的趋势,而不是通过弄湿中间转移构件的表面来使每个小滴展开。关于这些印刷工艺的和适合与本发明的油墨制剂一起使用并且实现其油墨膜构造的示例性印刷系统的进一步的细节公开于PCT公布号WO 2013/132418、WO 2013/132419以及WO 2013/132420中。The ink formulations of the present invention can be used, and ink film constructions can be obtained, in particular, by the following printing processes or by using any printing system that implements these processes. A printing process suitable for using the ink formulations disclosed herein and for preparing ink films according to the present invention comprises directing droplets of ink comprising an organic polymeric resin and a colorant (e.g., a pigment or dye) in an aqueous vehicle onto an intermediate transfer member to form an ink image, the ink comprising an organic polymeric resin and a colorant (e.g., a pigment or dye) in an aqueous vehicle, and the transfer member having a hydrophobic outer surface, wherein each ink droplet in the ink image expands upon impact with the intermediate transfer member to form a wet ink film (e.g., a film that preserves a substantial portion of the flattening and horizontal extension of the droplet present upon impact or covers an area depending on the mass of ink in the droplet). The ink is dried by evaporating the aqueous vehicle from the ink image to leave a dry or substantially dry residual film comprising the resin and colorant while the ink image is transported by the intermediate transfer member. The residual film is then transferred to a substrate (e.g., by pressing the intermediate transfer member against the substrate to emboss the residual film thereon). The chemical composition of the ink and the chemical composition of the surface of the intermediate transfer member are selected so that the intermolecular forces of attraction between the molecules in the outer skin of each droplet and on the surface of the intermediate transfer member resist the tendency of the ink film produced by each droplet to bead up under the surface tension of the aqueous vehicle, rather than causing each droplet to spread out by wetting the surface of the intermediate transfer member. Further details regarding these printing processes and exemplary printing systems suitable for use with the ink formulations of the present invention and achieving the ink film construction thereof are disclosed in PCT Publication Nos. WO 2013/132418, WO 2013/132419, and WO 2013/132420.

陈述了这种印刷工艺以保留或凝固每个水性油墨小滴的薄饼圆片形状,这种薄饼圆片形状是通过油墨小滴在碰撞中间转移构件的表面(也被称为释放层)时展平而引起的,尽管该层有低表面能和疏水性。为了实现该目的,这种新颖的工艺依赖于油墨中和转移构件的外表面中的分子之间的静电相互作用,这些分子在其各自的媒介中是带电荷的或相互可带电荷,从而在油墨与释放层之间相互作用时变成带相反电荷。关于印刷工艺的进一步的细节提供于下文中。This printing process is described as preserving or solidifying the pancake-disc shape of each aqueous ink droplet, which is caused by the flattening of the ink droplet upon impact with the surface of an intermediate transfer member (also known as a release layer), despite the layer's low surface energy and hydrophobic nature. To achieve this, the novel process relies on electrostatic interactions between molecules in the ink and the outer surface of the transfer member, which are charged in their respective media or can be charged against each other, and thus become oppositely charged upon interaction between the ink and the release layer. Further details regarding the printing process are provided below.

印刷工艺和系统的一般概述General overview of printing processes and systems

图1和2中所示的印刷系统大体上包括三个单独的和相互作用的系统,即橡皮布系统100、在橡皮布系统100上方的成像系统300以及橡皮布系统100下方的基材传送系统500。在以回路循环的同时,但橡皮布穿过各个站点。虽然以下描述是提供于中间转移构件是无端带的情形下,但根据本发明的油墨制剂同样可适用于中间转移构件是鼓的印刷系统,各个站点的特定设计相应地被修改。The printing system shown in Figures 1 and 2 generally comprises three separate and interacting systems: a blanket system 100, an imaging system 300 above the blanket system 100, and a substrate transport system 500 below the blanket system 100. The blanket passes through each station while circulating in a loop. Although the following description is provided for the case where the intermediate transfer member is an endless belt, the ink formulation according to the present invention is equally applicable to printing systems in which the intermediate transfer member is a drum, with the specific design of each station being modified accordingly.

橡皮布系统100包括无端带或橡皮布102,其充当中间转移构件并且在两个辊104、106上引导。由水性油墨的点组成的图像是在本文中被称为成像站点的位置通过成像系统300施加到橡皮布102的上分支。下分支在两个压印站点处与基材传送系统500的两个压印滚筒502和504选择性相互作用,以将图像压印到压在橡皮布102与各自的压印滚筒502、504之间的基材上。如下文将解释,存在两个压印滚筒502、504的目的是允许双面印刷。虽然未说明,也可以使用能够沿在第一面已印刷的基材的相反面再馈送到压印站点的经修改的两面系统在单一压印站点情况下实现双面印刷。在单面印刷机的情况下,将仅需要一个压印站点。The blanket system 100 includes an endless belt or blanket 102, which serves as an intermediate transfer member and is guided over two rollers 104 and 106. An image composed of dots of aqueous ink is applied to the upper branch of the blanket 102 by the imaging system 300 at locations referred to herein as imaging stations. The lower branch selectively interacts with two impression cylinders 502 and 504 of the substrate transport system 500 at two impression stations to impress the image onto the substrate pressed between the blanket 102 and the respective impression cylinders 502 and 504. As will be explained below, the presence of two impression cylinders 502 and 504 is intended to allow for duplex printing. Although not illustrated, duplex printing can also be achieved with a single impression station using a modified two-sided system that feeds the opposite side of the printed substrate to the impression station. In the case of a single-sided printing press, only one impression station would be required.

在操作中,各自是所要压印到最终基材上的图像的镜像的油墨图像是通过成像系统300印刷到橡皮布102的上分支上。在这种情形下,术语“分支(run)”用于意指在上方引导橡皮布的任何两个给定辊之间的橡皮布长度或片段。虽然是通过橡皮布102转运,但是油墨被加热以通过蒸发大多数(如果不是全部)的液体载剂而将其干燥。此外,油墨图像被加热以使得在蒸发液体载剂之后保留的油墨固体的膜有粘性,该膜被称为残膜,以将其与通过展平每个油墨小滴而形成的液体膜区别开。在压印滚筒502、504处,图像被压印到通过基材传送系统500从输入堆叠506经由压印滚筒502、504传送到输出堆叠508的基材的单个薄片501上。虽然图中未示出,基材可以是连续卷筒纸,在此情况下输入和输出堆叠可以由供应辊和递送辊代替。因此,需要例如通过使用导向辊和浮动辊使卷筒纸松弛以使其与压印站点适当对齐来相应地修改基材传送系统。In operation, ink images, each a mirror image of the image to be impressed on the final substrate, are printed onto the upper run of blanket 102 by imaging system 300. In this context, the term "run" is used to refer to the length or segment of blanket between any two given rollers guiding the blanket upward. While being transported by blanket 102, the ink is heated to dry it by evaporating most, if not all, of the liquid vehicle. Furthermore, the ink image is heated to impart a tacky film to the remaining ink solids after evaporation of the liquid vehicle, referred to as a residual film to distinguish it from the liquid film formed by flattening each ink droplet. At impression cylinders 502, 504, the image is impressed onto a single sheet 501 of substrate that is transported from an input stack 506 via impression cylinders 502, 504 to an output stack 508 by substrate transport system 500. Although not shown, the substrate can be a continuous web, in which case the input and output stacks can be replaced by supply and delivery rollers. Therefore, the substrate transport system needs to be modified accordingly, for example by using guide rollers and dancer rollers to relax the web so that it is properly aligned with the imprinting station.

成像系统Imaging system

成像系统300包括印刷棒302,其可以各自可滑动地安装于安置在橡皮布102的表面上方的固定高度的框架上。每个印刷棒302可以包括与橡皮布102上的印刷区域一样宽的印刷头条带并且分别包括可控印刷喷嘴。成像系统可以具有许多棒302,其各自可以含有不同或相同颜色的水性油墨,典型地各自喷射青色(C)、洋红色(M)、黄色(Y)或黑色(K)油墨。有可能印刷棒沉积不同色调的相同颜色(例如各种灰度,包括黑色)或两个印刷棒或更多个印刷棒沉积相同颜色(例如黑色)。另外,印刷棒可用于无颜料液体(例如装饰或防护清漆)和/或用于专用颜色(例如实现视觉效果,如金属、闪光、发光或闪耀外观,或甚至嗅觉效果)。Imaging system 300 includes print bars 302, each of which can be slidably mounted on a frame positioned at a fixed height above the surface of blanket 102. Each print bar 302 can include a print head strip as wide as the printing area on blanket 102 and each includes a controllable print nozzle. The imaging system can have a plurality of bars 302, each of which can contain aqueous inks of different or the same color, typically each ejecting cyan (C), magenta (M), yellow (Y), or black (K). It is possible for the print bars to deposit different shades of the same color (e.g., various shades of gray, including black), or for two or more print bars to deposit the same color (e.g., black). In addition, the print bars can be used for non-pigmented liquids (e.g., decorative or protective varnishes) and/or for specialized colors (e.g., to achieve visual effects such as metallic, shimmering, glowing, or sparkling appearances, or even olfactory effects).

因为一些印刷棒在特定印刷工作期间可能不需要,所以印刷头可以在使其位于橡皮布102上面的操作位置(此处棒保持固定)与非操作位置(此处可以获得棒以进行维护)之间移动。Because some print bars may not be needed during a particular print job, the print head is movable between an operative position where it is positioned above the blanket 102, where the bars remain stationary, and an inoperative position where the bars are accessible for maintenance.

在每个印刷棒内,如本领域的技术人员所知而无需更详细描述,油墨可不变地再循环、过滤、脱气并且维持在所希望的温度和压力下。Within each print bar, the ink may be constantly recirculated, filtered, degassed, and maintained at a desired temperature and pressure, as is known to those skilled in the art and does not require further description.

因为不同印刷棒302沿橡皮布的长度彼此间隔开,所以其操作当然必须恰当地与橡皮布102的移动同步。Because the different print bars 302 are spaced apart from one another along the length of the blanket, their operation must of course be properly synchronized with the movement of the blanket 102 .

如果需要,那么有可能在每个印刷棒302之后提供空气吹风机以在中间转移构件上吹出缓慢的热气(优选是空气)流,从而开始干燥由印刷棒302沉积的油墨小滴。这帮助固定由每个印刷棒302沉积的小滴,就是说抵抗其收缩并且防止其在中间转移构件上移动,并且还防止其合并到随后由其他印刷棒302沉积的小滴中。这些对刚刚沉积的油墨小滴的喷射后处理,基本上不需要将其干燥,而是仅使得在其外表面能够形成皮。If desired, it is possible to provide an air blower after each print bar 302 to blow a slow stream of hot air (preferably air) onto the intermediate transfer member to begin drying the ink droplets deposited by the print bars 302. This helps to immobilize the droplets deposited by each print bar 302, that is, to resist their shrinkage and prevent them from moving on the intermediate transfer member, and also prevent them from merging with droplets subsequently deposited by other print bars 302. These post-jet treatments of the newly deposited ink droplets do not essentially dry them, but only allow a skin to form on their outer surfaces.

橡皮布和橡皮布支撑系统Blankets and Blanket Support Systems

在一种变化形式中,橡皮布102是接缝的。特别地,橡皮布可由最初平坦的条带形成,其末端可释放地或永久地彼此扣紧,以形成常常称为带的连续环。可释放的扣紧可以是拉链扣件或钩和环扣件,其基本上平行于上面引导橡皮布的辊104和106的轴放置。永久性扣紧可以通过使用粘着剂或胶带来实现。连续带可以通过超过一个拉长的橡皮布条带来形成并且因此可包括超过一个接缝。或者,带可以是无缝的。In one variation, the blanket 102 is seamed. Specifically, the blanket can be formed from an initially flat strip whose ends are releasably or permanently fastened to each other to form a continuous loop often referred to as a band. The releasable fastening can be a zipper fastener or a hook and loop fastener positioned substantially parallel to the axis of the rollers 104 and 106 guiding the blanket. Permanent fastening can be achieved using an adhesive or tape. The continuous band can be formed from more than one elongated strip of blanket and thus include more than one seam. Alternatively, the band can be seamless.

为避免在接缝通过辊或支撑系统的其他部分时橡皮布的拉伸急剧变化,需要使接缝尽可能接近与橡皮布的其余部分相同的厚度。To avoid abrupt changes in the stretch of the blanket as the seam passes over rollers or other parts of the support system, it is necessary to make the seam as close as possible to the same thickness as the rest of the blanket.

橡皮布的主要目的是接受来自成像系统的油墨图像并且将那个干燥但未受干扰的图像转移到压印站点。为使油墨图像在每个压印站点易于转移,橡皮布具有薄的上部释放层,该上部释放层可以是高度疏水的。在适合条件下,已发现硅醇-、硅基-或硅烷-改性或封端的聚二烷基硅氧烷硅酮物质和氨基硅酮在释放层的组成中有效。然而,固化的硅酮的确切制剂并不关键,只要所选择的物质允许图像从转移构件释放到最终基材即可。The main purpose of rubber blanket is to accept the ink image from imaging system and that dry but undisturbed image is transferred to the impression site. For making the ink image be easy to transfer at each impression site, rubber blanket has a thin upper release layer, and this upper release layer can be highly hydrophobic. Under suitable conditions, it has been found that silanol-, silicon- or silane-modified or end-blocked polydialkylsiloxane silicone materials and amino silicones are effective in the composition of the release layer. However, the exact formulation of cured silicone is not critical, as long as selected material allows the image to be discharged to final base material from the transfer member.

橡皮布的强度可源自于支撑或加强层。在一种情况下,加强层由织物形成。如果织物是织造的,那么织物的经纬线可以具有相同或不同的组成或物理结构,以使得橡皮布可以沿其横向方向(平行于辊104和106的轴线)具有(原因将在下文中论述)比沿其纵向方向更大的弹性。The strength of the blanket can be derived from a support or reinforcement layer. In one embodiment, the reinforcement layer is formed of a fabric. If the fabric is woven, the warp and weft threads of the fabric can have the same or different compositions or physical structures so that the blanket can have greater elasticity in its transverse direction (parallel to the axis of rollers 104 and 106) than in its longitudinal direction (for reasons discussed below).

橡皮布在加强层与释放层之间可包括额外的层,例如以提供释放层对基材的表面的适合性和压缩性。可进一步包括其他层以充当热储库或热屏障。可进一步提供内层以在其在其支撑结构上转动上控制在橡皮布上的摩擦拽力。可包括其他层以使上述层彼此粘着或连接或防止分子在其间迁移。The blanket may include additional layers between the reinforcement layer and the release layer, for example to provide the release layer with improved surface compressibility and compressibility to the substrate. Other layers may further be included to serve as a heat reservoir or thermal barrier. An inner layer may further be provided to control the frictional drag on the blanket as it rotates on its support structure. Other layers may be included to adhere or connect the layers to each other or to prevent molecules from migrating therebetween.

橡皮布支撑系统可包括在支撑框架的顶部侧与底部侧形成连续平坦支承表面的导热支撑板130。电加热元件可插入板的横向孔以为板130施加热量并且经板130到达橡皮布102。本领域的技术人员将想到其他用于加热橡皮布的手段并且其可包括从橡皮布本身的下方、上方或内部进行加热。The blanket support system may include a thermally conductive support plate 130 that forms a continuous flat support surface on the top and bottom sides of the support frame. Electrical heating elements may be inserted into the plate's transverse holes to apply heat to the plate 130 and through the plate 130 to the blanket 102. Other means for heating the blanket will occur to those skilled in the art and may include heating from below, above, or within the blanket itself.

还在橡皮布支撑框架上安装两个压力辊或轧辊140、142,其可相对于橡皮布的下分支升高和降低。压力辊位于在支撑框架下侧支撑板130之间的间隙中,从而覆盖框架下侧。压力辊140、142分别与基材传送系统的压印滚筒502、504对齐。每个压印辊和对应压力辊在两者与在其间传送的橡皮布接合时形成压印站点。Also mounted on the blanket support frame are two pressure rollers or nip rollers 140 and 142, which can be raised and lowered relative to the lower leg of the blanket. The pressure rollers are located in the gap between the support plates 130 on the underside of the support frame, thereby covering the underside of the frame. The pressure rollers 140 and 142 are aligned with the impression cylinders 502 and 504 of the substrate transport system, respectively. Each impression roller and its corresponding pressure roller form an impression station when they engage the blanket transported therebetween.

在一些情况下,橡皮布支撑系统进一步包括连续轨道,其可啮合橡皮布的侧边的结构以使橡皮布沿其横向方向保持拉紧。这些结构可以是间隔的突出物,如缝合或以其他方式附接于橡皮布的侧边的拉链扣件的一半的齿。或者,这些结构可以是与橡皮布相比具有更大厚度的连续柔性珠粒。侧向结构可以直接或经中间条带附接于橡皮布的边缘,这可任选提供适合的弹性,以将这些结构啮合于其各自的引导轨道中,同时维持橡皮布平坦,特别是在成像站点。侧向轨道引导通道可具有适合于接收并且保持橡皮布侧向结构并且维持其拉紧的任何截面。为减小摩擦,引导通道可以具有滚动轴承元件以保持突出物或珠粒内在通道内。关于可能适合于适合与本发明的油墨制剂一起使用的中间转移构件的示例性橡皮布侧向结构或接缝的进一步的细节公开于PCT公布号WO 2013/136220中。In some cases, the blanket support system further includes a continuous rail that engages structures on the side edges of the blanket to maintain tension in its transverse direction. These structures can be spaced protrusions, such as half of the teeth of a zipper fastener sewn or otherwise attached to the side edges of the blanket. Alternatively, these structures can be continuous flexible beads having a greater thickness than the blanket. The lateral structures can be attached to the edges of the blanket directly or via intermediate strips, which can optionally provide suitable elasticity to engage these structures in their respective guide rails while maintaining the blanket flat, particularly at the imaging station. The lateral rail guide channels can have any cross-section suitable for receiving and holding the blanket lateral structures and maintaining tension. To reduce friction, the guide channels can include rolling bearing elements to retain the protrusions or beads within the channels. Further details regarding exemplary lateral blanket structures or seams that may be suitable for use with the ink formulations of the present invention are disclosed in PCT Publication No. WO 2013/136220.

为使橡皮布上适当地形成图像并且转移到最终基材并且在双面印刷中实现正面和背面图像对齐,系统的许多不同的元件必须适当地同步。为使图像适当地安置于橡皮布上,橡皮布的位置和速度必须均已知并且受控。出于这个目的,可以将橡皮布在其边缘或附近沿橡皮布运动方向用间隔开的一个或多个记号进行标记。一个或多个传感器107在这些记号穿过传感器时感应这些记号的时间。为使图像从转移橡皮布适当转移到基材,橡皮布的速度和压印辊的表面的速度应相同。来自传感器107的信号被发送到控制器109,该控制器还接收例如来自一个或两个压印辊的轴上的编码器(未图示)的压印辊转速和角度位置的指示。传感器107或另一个传感器(未图示)还测定橡皮布的接缝穿过传感器的时间。为最大程度利用橡皮布的可用长度,需要橡皮布上的图像从尽可能接近于接缝处开始。关于可能适合于适于与本发明的油墨制剂一起使用的印刷系统的示例性控制系统的进一步的细节公开于PCT公布号WO 2013/132424中。To properly form an image on the blanket and transfer it to the final substrate, and to achieve alignment of the front and back images during duplex printing, many different components of the system must be properly synchronized. To properly position the image on the blanket, both the position and speed of the blanket must be known and controlled. To achieve this, the blanket can be marked at or near its edge with one or more markings spaced along the direction of the blanket's motion. One or more sensors 107 sense the timing of these markings as they pass through the sensors. To ensure proper image transfer from the transfer blanket to the substrate, the speed of the blanket and the speed of the surface of the platen roller should be the same. Signals from sensor 107 are sent to controller 109, which also receives indications of the platen roller's rotational speed and angular position, for example from encoders (not shown) on the shafts of one or both platen rollers. Sensor 107 or another sensor (not shown) also measures the time it takes for the seam of the blanket to pass through the sensors. To maximize the use of the available length of the blanket, the image on the blanket needs to begin as close to the seam as possible. Further details regarding exemplary control systems that may be suitable for printing systems suitable for use with the ink formulations of the present invention are disclosed in PCT Publication No. WO 2013/132424.

橡皮布预处理Blanket pretreatment

图1示意性地示出了安置于紧挨着辊106的橡皮布的外侧的辊190。这种辊190可以任选用于施加含有调节化学剂的预处理溶液的薄膜。Figure 1 schematically shows a roller 190 positioned just outside the blanket next to roller 106. Such a roller 190 may optionally be used to apply a pre-treatment solution containing conditioning chemicals to the film.

虽然可以使用辊来施加均匀的膜,但可以替代地例如通过应用气刀喷射将预处理或调节物质喷涂到橡皮布的表面并且任选更均匀地展开。或者,可以通过使橡皮布在渗透未直接接触释放层表面的布的调节溶液的薄膜上方通过来施加任选调节溶液。与用于施加任选调节溶液的方法无关,如果需要,那么可以进行这种印刷前处理的位置在本文中可以称为调节站点。图3中所说明的替代印刷系统也可以包括调节站点。While rollers can be used to apply a uniform film, a pretreatment or conditioning substance can alternatively be sprayed onto the surface of the blanket, for example, by using an air knife jet, and optionally spread more evenly. Alternatively, the optional conditioning solution can be applied by passing the blanket over a thin film of conditioning solution that is permeated through the blanket without directly contacting the surface of the release layer. Regardless of the method used to apply the optional conditioning solution, the location where such pre-printing treatment can be performed, if desired, may be referred to herein as a conditioning station. The alternative printing system illustrated in FIG3 may also include a conditioning station.

如注意到的,当油墨小滴撞击转移构件时,小滴的动量使其展开成相对平坦的体积。在现有技术中,这种小滴展平几乎立即被小滴的表面张力与转移构件的表面的疏水性的组合抵消。As noted, when an ink droplet strikes a transfer member, the momentum of the droplet causes it to expand into a relatively flat volume. In the prior art, this droplet flattening is almost immediately counteracted by a combination of the surface tension of the droplet and the hydrophobicity of the surface of the transfer member.

在一些情况下,油墨小滴的形状被“凝固”,使得至少一些并且优选大部分的在碰撞时呈现的小滴的展平和水平延伸被保存。应了解,由于在碰撞之后小滴形状恢复非常快,现有技术的方法不会通过聚结和/或凝结和/或迁移实现相变。In some cases, the shape of the ink droplet is "frozen" so that at least some, and preferably most, of the flattening and horizontal extension of the droplet present upon impact is preserved. It will be appreciated that, because the droplet shape recovers very quickly after impact, prior art methods do not achieve phase change through coalescence and/or coagulation and/or migration.

不希望受理论限制,相信在碰撞时,已位于转移构件的表面的正电荷吸引油墨小滴中与构件表面直接相邻的带负电荷的聚合物树脂粒子。相信随着小滴展开,沿展开小滴与转移构件之间的界面的足以延迟或防止小滴成珠的区域至少按印刷工艺的时间尺度(一般是约数秒)发生这种作用。Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that upon impact, the positive charges already located on the surface of the transfer member attract the negatively charged polymer resin particles in the ink droplet that are immediately adjacent to the member surface. This effect is believed to occur as the droplet spreads, along a region of the interface between the spreading droplet and the transfer member sufficient to delay or prevent the droplet from beading, at least on the timescale of the printing process (typically on the order of seconds).

在电荷的量太小而不能吸引油墨中的超过少数的带电荷树脂粒子时,相信油墨滴中的带电荷树脂粒子的浓度和分布基本上不因与释放层上的化学剂接触而改变。此外,由于油墨是水性的,正电荷的作用是非常局部的,尤其是在凝固小滴的形状所需的非常短的时间间隔内。When the amount of charge is too small to attract more than a few charged resin particles in the ink, it is believed that the concentration and distribution of the charged resin particles in the ink droplet are substantially unchanged by contact with the chemical agent on the release layer. Furthermore, because the ink is aqueous, the effect of the positive charge is very localized, especially during the very short time interval required to solidify the shape of the droplet.

不希望受理论限制,相信在施加调节剂或溶液到中间转移构件的表面时,调节剂的至少一种类型的带正电荷的官能团被吸附到释放层的表面,或以其他方式附着于释放层的表面。在释放层的相对侧,面向所喷射的油墨滴,可获得调节剂的至少一种类型的带正电荷的官能团并且经安置与油墨中(例如在树脂中)带负电荷的物质相互作用。Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that when the conditioning agent or solution is applied to the surface of the intermediate transfer member, at least one type of positively charged functional group of the conditioning agent is adsorbed onto or otherwise attached to the surface of the release layer. On the opposite side of the release layer, facing the ejected ink droplets, at least one type of positively charged functional group of the conditioning agent is available and positioned to interact with negatively charged species in the ink (e.g., in the resin).

可进行这种处理的中间转移构件在其释放层中可以例如包括硅醇-、硅基-或硅烷-改性或封端的聚二烷基-硅氧烷硅酮或其组合。关于可能适合于与本发明的油墨制剂一起使用的示例性释放层的进一步的细节公开于PCT公布号WO 2013/132432中。An intermediate transfer member that can be subjected to such treatment can, for example, include a silanol-, silyl-, or silane-modified or terminated polydialkyl-siloxane silicone, or a combination thereof, in its release layer. Further details regarding exemplary release layers that may be suitable for use with the ink formulations of the present invention are disclosed in PCT Publication No. WO 2013/132432.

适合于制备这些调节溶液(如有需要)的化学剂具有相对高的电荷密度,并且可以是在多个官能团中含有胺氮原子的聚合物,这些官能团不需要是相同的,并且可以是组合的(例如伯、仲、叔或季铵盐)。虽然具有几百到几千的分子量的大分子可以是适合的调节剂,但本发明人相信具有10,000g/摩尔或更大的高分子量的聚合物是优选的。适合的调节剂包括阳离子瓜耳胶、基于瓜耳胶的聚合物、阳离子甲基丙烯酰胺、基于甲基丙烯酰胺的聚合物以及线性、分支或经改性的聚乙烯亚胺(PEI)。关于在适于与本发明的油墨制剂一起使用的印刷系统中可能适合的示例性调节剂和其溶液的进一步的细节公开于PCT公布号WO2013/132339中。Chemical agents suitable for preparing these conditioning solutions (if necessary) have a relatively high charge density and can be polymers containing amine nitrogen atoms in multiple functional groups, which do not need to be the same and can be combinations (e.g., primary, secondary, tertiary, or quaternary ammonium salts). Although macromolecules with molecular weights of several hundred to several thousand can be suitable conditioning agents, the inventors believe that polymers with high molecular weights of 10,000 g/mole or greater are preferred. Suitable conditioning agents include cationic guar gum, guar gum-based polymers, cationic methacrylamide, methacrylamide-based polymers, and linear, branched, or modified polyethyleneimine (PEI). Further details on exemplary conditioning agents and solutions thereof that may be suitable in printing systems suitable for use with the ink formulations of the present invention are disclosed in PCT Publication No. WO2013/132339.

该方法和与其相关的水基处理溶液(也被称为“调节溶液”)的功效在实验室实验设备中在初步中试印刷实验中加以确定。如上述申请中所公开,正如通过在图像从中间转移构件转移到印刷基材之后图像的印刷质量所评定,使用这些溶液是高度有益的。印刷品的光学密度被认为具有特定关联性,并且在喷墨之前使用这种橡皮布处理方法明显改善对印刷基材的测量结果。The efficacy of this method and its associated aqueous treatment solution (also referred to as a "conditioning solution") was determined in preliminary pilot printing experiments in a laboratory test facility. As disclosed in the aforementioned application, the use of these solutions was highly beneficial, as assessed by the print quality of the image after transfer from the intermediate transfer member to the printed substrate. The optical density of the print was found to be of particular relevance, and the use of this blanket treatment method prior to inkjet printing significantly improved the measured results for the printed substrate.

根据本申请人最初研发的方法,将调节溶液的非常薄的涂层施加到转移构件,立即去除并且蒸发,留下不超过几个分子层的适合的化学剂。油墨小滴被喷射到这种经预处理的橡皮布上,干燥并且转移到印刷基材。典型地,如此印刷的油墨膜图像可以通过在其外表面上存在调节剂来加以鉴定。换句话说,经干燥的油墨小滴在转移时剥离掉下层的调节剂,其然后沿相反取向压印到最终基材上。According to a method originally developed by the applicant, a very thin coating of a conditioning solution is applied to a transfer member, immediately removed and evaporated, leaving behind no more than a few molecular layers of the appropriate chemical. Ink droplets are then ejected onto this pretreated blanket, dried, and transferred to the printing substrate. Typically, the ink film image thus printed can be identified by the presence of the conditioning agent on its outer surface. In other words, the dried ink droplets strip off the underlying conditioning agent during transfer, which is then impressed onto the final substrate in the opposite orientation.

以下提供示例性调节溶液,包括调节溶液A,以及其平面对应物,其中调节剂在蒸馏水中稀释(1:99),而没有添加剂。Exemplary conditioning solutions are provided below, including Conditioning Solution A, and its planar counterpart, in which the conditioning agent is diluted in distilled water (1:99) without additives.

调节溶液AAdjustment solution A

蔗糖 4Sucrose 4

水 95Water 95

油墨图像加热Ink image heating

作为中间干燥系统224和干燥站点214插入支撑板130或安置于橡皮布上方的加热器用于将橡皮布加热到对于油墨载剂的快速蒸发来说适合并且与橡皮布的组成相容的温度。对于在释放层中包括例如硅醇改性或封端的聚二烷基硅氧烷硅酮的橡皮布,加热的温度可在70℃至180℃的范围内变化,这取决于多种因素,如油墨和/或调节溶液(如有需要)的组成。包括氨基硅酮的橡皮布一般可以加热到70℃与130℃之间的温度。释放层中包含固化氨基-官能化硅酮的示例性橡皮布公开于PCT公布号WO 2013/132438中。Heaters inserted into support plate 130 or positioned above the blanket as intermediate drying system 224 and drying station 214 are used to heat the blanket to a temperature suitable for rapid evaporation of the ink vehicle and compatible with the composition of the blanket. For blankets comprising, for example, silanol-modified or end-capped polydialkylsiloxane silicones in the release layer, the heating temperature can vary from 70°C to 180°C, depending on various factors, such as the composition of the ink and/or conditioning solution (if necessary). Blankets comprising amino silicones can generally be heated to temperatures between 70°C and 130°C. Exemplary blankets comprising cured amino-functionalized silicones in the release layer are disclosed in PCT Publication No. WO 2013/132438.

在一些印刷系统中,橡皮布的温度可以沿橡皮布所遵循的环保持相对类似,并且温度具有任选局部化瞬时变化(例如以促进经干燥的油墨图像从转移构件转移到印刷基材)。在其他印刷系统中,橡皮布的温度可以按需要在其穿过的位置间变化。举例来说,在油墨载剂的蒸发温度以下的相对低的温度(例如在60℃与100℃之间,典型地在70℃与90℃之间)下,油墨配制品可以在成像位置喷射在橡皮布上。沉积的油墨小滴其后可以在橡皮布上被干燥,该橡皮布然后具有更高的温度以促进油墨载剂蒸发(例如高达200℃)。橡皮布温度可以进一步被修改,以使得其温度足以使经干燥的油墨图像能够在压印位置转移。在橡皮布在压印站点的辊隙处进一步被加热(例如经由231)的高温转移工艺中,表面温度可以瞬时升高到170℃。在橡皮布在油墨干燥之后不进一步被加热的低温转移工艺中,在压印站点处的表面温度可以为140℃以下,典型地120℃以下。在压印站点之后,可以额外地改变橡皮布温度以适合印刷系统可能包括的任何站点的最佳操作条件。举例来说,橡皮布可以进一步被加热或冷却,以适合可以任选涂覆清漆到印刷油墨图像上的涂布站点。最后,温度温度可以进一步被修改以使其再进入在所希望的温度下的成像站点。出于这个目的,适合与根据本发明的油墨制剂一起使用的印刷系统可以包括橡皮布冷却站点。In some printing systems, the temperature of the blanket can be kept relatively similar along the loop it follows, with optional localized transient variations (e.g., to facilitate transfer of the dried ink image from the transfer member to the printing substrate). In other printing systems, the temperature of the blanket can be varied as needed between the locations it traverses. For example, the ink formulation can be jetted onto the blanket at the imaging location at a relatively low temperature (e.g., between 60°C and 100°C, typically between 70°C and 90°C), below the evaporation temperature of the ink vehicle. The deposited ink droplets can then be dried on the blanket, which then has a higher temperature (e.g., up to 200°C) to facilitate evaporation of the ink vehicle. The blanket temperature can be further modified to be sufficient to enable transfer of the dried ink image at the imprinting location. In high-temperature transfer processes, where the blanket is further heated at the nip of the imprinting station (e.g., via 231), the surface temperature can transiently rise to 170°C. In low-temperature transfer processes, where the blanket is not further heated after the ink has dried, the surface temperature at the impression station can be below 140°C, typically below 120°C. Following the impression station, the blanket temperature can be additionally modified to suit the optimal operating conditions of any stations that the printing system may include. For example, the blanket can be further heated or cooled to suit the coating station, where a varnish can optionally be applied to the printed ink image. Finally, the blanket temperature can be further modified to allow it to enter the imaging station at the desired temperature. For this purpose, a printing system suitable for use with the ink formulations according to the present invention can include a blanket cooling station.

当使用下方加热转移构件时,可能需要橡皮布具有相对高的热容量和低的导热率,以使得橡皮布102的主体的温度不会随其在任选的预处理或调节站点、成像站点以及压印站点之间移动而显著变化。当使用顶部加热转移构件时,橡皮布将优选包括热绝缘层以防止所施加的热量过度消散。为以不同速率施加热量到由转移面运载的油墨图像,与特定印刷系统的构造无关,可以使用额外的外加热器或能源(未图示)局部地施加能量,例如在到达压印站点之前以使得油墨残渣有粘性(参看图3中的231),在成像站点之前以干燥调节剂(如有必要)以及在喷墨站点处以在油墨小滴碰撞橡皮布的表面之后尽快地开始从油墨小滴蒸发载剂。反过来,印刷系统可以包括冷却站点以局部地去除余热。When using a bottom-heated transfer member, it may be desirable for the blanket to have a relatively high heat capacity and low thermal conductivity so that the temperature of the bulk of the blanket 102 does not change significantly as it moves between the optional pre-treatment or conditioning station, the imaging station, and the impression station. When using a top-heated transfer member, the blanket will preferably include a thermal insulation layer to prevent excessive dissipation of the applied heat. To apply heat to the ink image carried by the transfer surface at different rates, regardless of the configuration of the particular printing system, additional external heaters or energy sources (not shown) can be used to apply energy locally, for example, before reaching the impression station to make ink residue tacky (see 231 in FIG. 3 ), before the imaging station to dry the conditioning agent (if necessary), and at the inkjet station to begin evaporating the vehicle from the ink droplets as soon as possible after the ink droplets impact the surface of the blanket. Conversely, the printing system can include cooling stations to locally remove excess heat.

外加热器可以是例如热气或空气吹风机306(如图1中示意性地呈现)或将例如红外线辐射聚焦到橡皮布的表面的辐射加热器,其可获得超过50℃、75℃、100℃、125℃、150℃、175℃、190℃、200℃、210℃或甚至220℃的温度。The external heater can be, for example, a hot air or air blower 306 (as schematically presented in Figure 1) or a radiant heater that focuses, for example, infrared radiation onto the surface of the blanket, which can achieve temperatures exceeding 50°C, 75°C, 100°C, 125°C, 150°C, 175°C, 190°C, 200°C, 210°C or even 220°C.

在从油墨图像蒸发包括任何液体湿润剂的水性载剂之后,获得包括树脂和着色剂的干的或基本上干的残膜。留下的干残渣膜可以具有1,500nm(nm)以下、1,200nm以下、1,000nm以下、800nm以下、600nm以下、500nm以下、400nm以下或300nm以下的平均单滴油墨膜厚度。After evaporation of the aqueous vehicle, including any liquid humectant, from the ink image, a dry or substantially dry residual film comprising the resin and colorant is obtained. The remaining dry residual film may have an average single drop ink film thickness of 1,500 nm or less, 1,200 nm or less, 1,000 nm or less, 800 nm or less, 600 nm or less, 500 nm or less, 400 nm or less, or 300 nm or less.

对于多滴油墨膜,平均厚度可以是2,500nm以下、2,000nm以下、1,600nm以下、1,400nm以下、1,200nm以下、1,000nm以下、800nm以下或600nm以下。For multi-drop ink films, the average thickness may be 2,500 nm or less, 2,000 nm or less, 1,600 nm or less, 1,400 nm or less, 1,200 nm or less, 1,000 nm or less, 800 nm or less, or 600 nm or less.

如上文所解释,如果要实现高质量的印刷图像,那么温度控制对印刷系统来说至关重要。这在图3的实施方案中被大大简化,因为在图1和2的实施方案中带的热容量比橡皮布102低得多。图3中示意性说明的示例性印刷系统具有无端带210,其循环经过成像站点212、干燥站点214以及压印站点216,这些站点各自如先前所描述发挥作用。举例来说,图3的成像站点212类似于先前描述的例如图1中所说明的成像系统300。在成像站点中的每个印刷棒222之后,提供中间干燥系统224以将热气(通常是空气)吹到带210的表面从而部分地干燥油墨小滴。这种热气流帮助防止喷墨喷嘴堵塞并且还防止带210上的不同颜色油墨的小滴彼此合并。在干燥站点214中,带210上的油墨小滴暴露于辐射和/或热气,以更彻底地干燥油墨,从而驱除大多数(不一定全部)的液体载剂,并且仅留下一层树脂和着色剂,其被加热到变得有粘性的程度。As explained above, temperature control is crucial for a printing system if high-quality printed images are to be achieved. This is greatly simplified in the embodiment of FIG. 3 because the belt has a much lower thermal capacity than the blanket 102 in the embodiments of FIG. 1 and 2 . The exemplary printing system schematically illustrated in FIG. 3 includes an endless belt 210 that circulates through an imaging station 212, a drying station 214, and an impression station 216, each of which functions as previously described. For example, the imaging station 212 of FIG. 3 is similar to the imaging system 300 described previously, such as that illustrated in FIG. 1 . Following each print bar 222 in the imaging station, an intermediate drying system 224 is provided to blow hot air (typically air) onto the surface of the belt 210, thereby partially drying the ink droplets. This hot air flow helps prevent inkjet nozzle clogging and also prevents droplets of different colored ink on the belt 210 from merging. In the drying station 214, the ink droplets on the belt 210 are exposed to radiation and/or hot air to dry the ink more thoroughly, driving off most (not necessarily all) of the liquid vehicle and leaving only a layer of resin and colorant that is heated to the point of becoming tacky.

在压印站点216,带210在压印滚筒220与运载可压缩橡皮布219的压力滚筒218之间穿过。橡皮布219的长度等于或大于进行印刷的基材的薄片226的最大长度。压印滚筒220具有两倍于压力滚筒218的直径并且可以同时支撑基材的两个薄片226。基材的薄片226由适合的传送机构(图3中未示出)从供应堆叠228运载并且穿过压印滚筒220与压力滚筒218之间的辊隙。在辊隙内,运载油墨图像的带220的表面被压力滚筒218的橡皮布219牢牢地压在基材上,以使得油墨图像压印到基材上并且自带的表面利落地分离。然后,基材被转运到输出堆叠230。At the impression station 216, the belt 210 passes between an impression cylinder 220 and a pressure cylinder 218 carrying a compressible blanket 219. The length of the blanket 219 is equal to or greater than the maximum length of the sheet 226 of substrate to be printed. The impression cylinder 220 has a diameter twice that of the pressure cylinder 218 and can simultaneously support two sheets 226 of substrate. The sheets 226 of substrate are carried from a supply stack 228 by a suitable transport mechanism (not shown in FIG. 3 ) and passed through the nip between the impression cylinder 220 and the pressure cylinder 218. Within the nip, the surface of the belt 220 carrying the ink image is firmly pressed against the substrate by the blanket 219 of the pressure cylinder 218, so that the ink image is impressed onto the substrate and then cleanly separated from the surface of the belt. The substrate is then transported to an output stack 230.

在一些印刷系统中,加热器231可以提供在图像压印站点的两个滚筒218与220之间的辊隙的不远处,以帮助使得油墨膜有粘性,从而促进转移到基材。In some printing systems, a heater 231 may be provided just beyond the nip between the two cylinders 218 and 220 at the image impression station to help make the ink film tacky, thereby facilitating transfer to the substrate.

为使油墨利落地自带210表面分离,后者的表面有必要具有疏水释放层。在图1的实施方案中,该疏水性释放层形成为厚橡皮布的一部分,该厚橡皮布还包括可压缩适合性层,其为确保在压印站点释放层与基材之间的适当接触所必需的。所得橡皮布是非常重并且费成本的物品,在其实现的许多功能中的任一者失败的情况下它需要替换。In order for the ink to separate cleanly from the surface of the belt 210, it is necessary to have a hydrophobic release layer on the latter surface. In the embodiment of FIG1 , this hydrophobic release layer is formed as part of a thick blanket that also includes a compressible conformable layer necessary to ensure proper contact between the release layer and the substrate at the imprint station. The resulting blanket is a very heavy and costly item that needs to be replaced if any of the many functions it performs fail.

在图3的实施方案中,疏水性释放层形成厚橡皮布219的分离元件的一部分,该厚橡皮布需要将其压在基材薄片226上。在图3中,释放层是在柔性薄不可扩展带210上形成,其优选经纤维增强以沿其纵向尺寸增加拉伸强度。In the embodiment of Figure 3, the hydrophobic release layer forms part of a separate element of a thick blanket 219 which is required to be pressed against the substrate sheet 226. In Figure 3, the release layer is formed on a flexible thin inextensible tape 210 which is preferably fiber reinforced to increase tensile strength along its longitudinal dimension.

应了解,如图3中所说明的印刷系统的描述已经提供对于本领域的一般技术人员理解和执行本发明来说足够的水平的细节。It should be appreciated that the description of the printing system as illustrated in FIG. 3 has provided a sufficient level of detail for one of ordinary skill in the art to understand and perform the present invention.

关于使用厚橡皮布102的实施方案,上文还建议,包括鉴于橡皮布是从下面加热而影响橡皮布的热容量的额外的层。在图3的实施方案中带210与橡皮布219分离允许在干燥部分214中使用较少的能量将油墨小滴干燥并且将其温度加热到树脂的软化温度。此外,带可以在其回到成像站点之前冷却下来,这减少或避免了由设法将油墨小滴喷涂到非常接近于喷墨喷嘴运行的热表面所引起的问题。替代地和另外,可以添加冷却站点到印刷系统中,以在带进入成像站点之前将带的温度降到所希望的值。冷却可能因使带210穿过下半部浸没于冷却剂(其可以是水或清洁/处理溶液)中的辊、因将冷却剂喷涂到带210上或因使带穿过冷却剂贮藏器而受到影响。With respect to embodiments utilizing a thick blanket 102, it is also suggested above that an additional layer be included to affect the blanket's thermal capacity, given that the blanket is heated from below. In the embodiment of FIG. 3 , the separation of the belt 210 from the blanket 219 allows for the use of less energy in the drying section 214 to dry the ink droplets and heat them to the softening temperature of the resin. Furthermore, the belt can be cooled before returning to the imaging station, which reduces or avoids problems associated with attempting to spray ink droplets very close to a hot surface where the inkjet nozzles operate. Alternatively, or in addition, a cooling station can be added to the printing system to reduce the belt's temperature to a desired value before it enters the imaging station. Cooling can be achieved by passing the belt 210 through rollers whose lower half is immersed in a coolant (which can be water or a cleaning/treatment solution), by spraying a coolant onto the belt 210, or by passing the belt through a coolant reservoir.

为作说明,常规的疏水表面,例如经硅酮涂布的表面,将容易产生电子并且被视为带负电荷的。水性载剂中的聚合树脂同样地一般是带负电荷的。因此,在没有采取额外的步骤的情况下,净分子间力将使得中间转移构件排斥油墨并且小滴将趋于成珠为球形的珠滴。To illustrate, a conventional hydrophobic surface, such as a silicone-coated surface, will readily generate electrons and be considered negatively charged. Polymeric resins in aqueous vehicles are also generally negatively charged. Therefore, without taking additional steps, net intermolecular forces will cause the intermediate transfer member to repel the ink and the droplets will tend to bead into spherical beads.

在适合于制备根据本发明的油墨膜构造的新颖印刷工艺中,中间转移构件的表面的化学组成经过改性以提供正电荷。这可以例如通过在中间转移构件的表面中包括(例如在释放层中嵌入)具有一个或多个布朗斯台德碱(base)官能团并且特别是包括氮的分子来实现。适合的带正电荷或可带正电荷的基团包括伯胺、仲胺以及叔胺。这些基团可以共价结合到聚合主链,并且例如中间转移构件的外表面可以包括氨基硅酮。In a novel printing process suitable for producing ink film constructions according to the present invention, the chemical composition of the surface of the intermediate transfer member is modified to provide a positive charge. This can be achieved, for example, by including molecules having one or more Bronsted base functional groups, particularly nitrogen, in the surface of the intermediate transfer member (e.g., embedded in a release layer). Suitable positively charged or positively chargeable groups include primary, secondary, and tertiary amines. These groups can be covalently bonded to the polymeric backbone, and, for example, the outer surface of the intermediate transfer member can include aminosilicone.

释放层的分子的这些可带正电荷的官能团可以与油墨的分子的布朗斯台德酸(acid)官能团相互作用。适合的带负电荷或可带负电荷的基团包括羧化酸,例如具有羧酸基(-COOH)、丙烯酸基(-CH2=CH-COOH)、甲基丙烯酸基(-CH2=C(CH3)-COOH);以及磺酸酯,例如具有磺酸基(-SO3H)。这些基团可以共价结合到聚合主链并且优选地是水溶性的或水可分散性的。适合的油墨分子可以例如包括基于丙烯酸的树脂,例如具有羧酸官能团的丙烯酸聚合物和丙烯酸-苯乙烯共聚物。These positively chargeable functional groups of the release layer molecules can interact with the Bronsted acid functional groups of the ink molecules. Suitable negatively charged or negatively chargeable groups include carboxylic acids, such as those with carboxylic acid groups (-COOH), acrylic acid groups ( -CH2 =CH-COOH), methacrylic acid groups ( -CH2 =C( CH3 )-COOH); and sulfonates, such as those with sulfonic acid groups ( -SO3H ). These groups can be covalently bonded to the polymer backbone and are preferably water-soluble or water-dispersible. Suitable ink molecules can, for example, include acrylic acid-based resins, such as acrylic polymers and acrylic acid-styrene copolymers, having carboxylic acid functional groups.

油墨ink

适合在该工艺中并且结合本文所描述的系统使用的根据当前所要求保护的发明的实施方案的油墨,例如水性喷墨油墨,其含有(i)溶剂,包括水和任选助溶剂,(ii)可带负电荷的聚合树脂(油墨可包括少量升高pH值的物质,以确保聚合物是带负电荷的),以及(iii)至少一种着色剂。Inks according to embodiments of the presently claimed invention suitable for use in this process and in conjunction with the systems described herein are aqueous inkjet inks containing (i) a solvent including water and optionally a cosolvent, (ii) a polymeric resin that can be negatively charged (the ink can include a small amount of a pH-raising substance to ensure that the polymer is negatively charged), and (iii) at least one colorant.

在喷射之前,油墨典型地具有(i)在20-60℃范围内的至少一个温度下2至25厘泊(cP)的粘度;以及(ii)在20-60℃范围内的至少一个温度下不超过50毫牛顿/m的的表面张力。着色剂可含有颜料,优选纳米颜料,其例如具有不超过120nm的平均粒度(d50)。Prior to jetting, the ink typically has (i) a viscosity of 2 to 25 centipoise (cP) at at least one temperature in the range of 20-60° C.; and (ii) a surface tension of no more than 50 millinewtons/m at at least one temperature in the range of 20-60° C. The colorant may contain a pigment, preferably a nanopigment, e.g., having an average particle size (d 50 ) of no more than 120 nm.

在一些实施方案中,聚合树脂首先或排他地包括一种或多种可带负电荷的聚合物,如聚阴离子聚合物。“可带负电荷的聚合物”或“可带负电荷的聚合物树脂”意指至少一个质子可轻易地去除以得到负电荷的聚合物或聚合树脂;如本文所用,该术语是指聚合物的固有特性,并且因此可涵盖在这些质子被去除的环境中的聚合物,以及在这些质子未去除的环境中的聚合物。In some embodiments, the polymeric resin primarily or exclusively includes one or more negatively chargeable polymers, such as polyanionic polymers. "Negatively chargeable polymer" or "negatively chargeable polymer resin" means a polymer or polymeric resin from which at least one proton can be readily removed to yield a negative charge; as used herein, the term refers to an inherent property of the polymer and thus encompasses the polymer in an environment in which these protons have been removed, as well as the polymer in an environment in which these protons have not been removed.

相比之下,术语“带负电荷的聚合物树脂”是指在一个或多个这些质子已经被去除的环境中的树脂。In contrast, the term "negatively charged polymer resin" refers to a resin in an environment from which one or more of these protons has been removed.

可带负电荷的基团的实例是羧酸基(-COOH),包括丙烯酸基(-CH2=CH-COOH)以及甲基丙烯酸基(-CH2=C(CH3)-COOH);以及磺酸基(-SO3H)。这些基团可以是共价结合于聚合骨架;例如苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物树脂具有容易损失质子以得到带负电荷的部分的羧酸官能团。许多适合用于本发明的实施方案中的聚合物在溶解于水中时,将带负电荷;其他聚合物要带负电荷可能需要存在升高pH值的化合物。通常,聚合物在单一聚合物分上将具有许多这些可带负电荷的基团子,并且因此被称为聚阴离子聚合物。Examples of negatively chargeable groups are carboxylic acid groups (—COOH), including acrylic acid groups (—CH 2 ═CH—COOH) and methacrylic acid groups (—CH 2 ═C(CH 3 )—COOH); and sulfonic acid groups (—SO 3 H). These groups may be covalently bound to the polymeric backbone; for example, styrene-acrylic acid copolymer resins have carboxylic acid functional groups that readily lose a proton to yield a negatively charged moiety. Many polymers suitable for use in embodiments of the present invention will be negatively charged when dissolved in water; other polymers may require the presence of a compound that raises the pH to become negatively charged. Typically, a polymer will have many of these negatively chargeable groups on a single polymer molecule and is therefore referred to as a polyanionic polymer.

聚阴离子聚合物的实例包括例如聚磺酸盐,如聚乙烯基磺酸盐;聚(苯乙烯磺酸盐),如聚(苯乙烯磺酸钠)(PSS);磺化聚(四氟乙烯);聚硫酸盐,如聚乙烯基硫酸盐;聚羧酸盐,如丙烯酸聚合物和其盐(例如铵、钾、钠等),例如可购自BASF和DSM Resins的那些;甲基丙烯酸聚合物和其盐(例如甲基丙烯酸和丙烯酸乙酯共聚物);羧甲基纤维素;羧甲基直链淀粉和各种其他聚合物的羧酸衍生物;聚阴离子肽和蛋白质,如酸性氨基酸(如谷氨酸、天冬氨酸或其组合)的均聚物和共聚物、糖醛酸(如甘露糖醛酸、半乳糖醛酸以及古罗糖醛酸)的均聚物和共聚物以及其盐;海藻酸和其盐;透明质酸和其盐;明胶;角叉菜胶;聚磷酸盐,如各种聚合物的磷酸衍生物;聚膦酸盐,如聚乙烯基膦酸盐;以及前述各项的共聚物、盐、衍生物以及组合等等。在一些实施方案中,聚合树脂包括基于丙烯酸的聚合物,即由丙烯酸或丙烯酸衍生物(例如甲基丙烯酸或丙烯酸酯)形成的聚合物或共聚物,如聚丙烯酸或丙烯酸-苯乙烯共聚物。名义上,聚合树脂可以是,或包括,丙烯酸苯乙烯共聚物。在一些实施方案中,聚合树脂首先或排他地包括选自丙烯酸聚合物和丙烯酸-苯乙烯共聚物的基于丙烯酸的聚合物。在一些情况下,聚合树脂是至少部分水溶性的;在一些情况下,聚合树脂是水可分散的,并且可以乳液或胶体形式提供。Examples of polyanionic polymers include, for example, polysulfonates, such as polyvinylsulfonate; poly(styrenesulfonates), such as poly(sodium styrenesulfonate) (PSS); sulfonated poly(tetrafluoroethylene); polysulfates, such as polyvinylsulfate; polycarboxylates, such as acrylic acid polymers and salts thereof (e.g., ammonium, potassium, sodium, etc.), such as those available from BASF and DSM Resins; methacrylic acid polymers and salts thereof (e.g., copolymers of methacrylic acid and ethyl acrylate); carboxymethylcellulose; carboxylic acid derivatives of carboxymethyl amylose and various other polymers; polyanionic peptides and proteins, such as homopolymers and copolymers of acidic amino acids (e.g., glutamic acid, aspartic acid, or combinations thereof), homopolymers and copolymers of uronic acids (e.g., mannuronic acid, galacturonic acid, and guluronic acid), and salts thereof; alginic acid and salts thereof; hyaluronic acid and salts thereof; gelatin; carrageenan; polyphosphates, such as phosphoric acid derivatives of various polymers; polyphosphonates, such as polyvinylphosphonate; and copolymers, salts, derivatives, and combinations of the foregoing, and the like. In some embodiments, the polymeric resin comprises an acrylic acid-based polymer, i.e., a polymer or copolymer formed from acrylic acid or an acrylic acid derivative (e.g., methacrylic acid or an acrylate), such as polyacrylic acid or an acrylic acid-styrene copolymer. Nominally, the polymeric resin can be, or comprises, an acrylic acid-styrene copolymer. In some embodiments, the polymeric resin primarily or exclusively comprises an acrylic acid-based polymer selected from acrylic acid polymers and acrylic acid-styrene copolymers. In some cases, the polymeric resin is at least partially water-soluble; in some cases, the polymeric resin is water-dispersible and can be provided in the form of an emulsion or colloid.

存在许多有机聚合树脂并且许多被识别为用于制备油墨组合物的有机聚合树脂是可商购的并且是该行业熟练人员已知的。一般来说,这些聚合物(沿用已久的油墨树脂或对于该场域较不典型的)用以俘获(例如封装)或以其他方式固定或经物理、共价或离子相互作用缔合相关着色剂,最终还使油墨图像能够粘着到印刷基材。这些聚合树脂因此常常被称为粘合剂。一些聚合物可替代地或另外充当分散剂,从而维持油墨制剂呈所希望的悬浮液或乳液形式。虽然有机聚合树脂的确切功能在特定制剂的情形下可变化,或可包括超过一种功能,但其在本文中用于指突出的粘合剂功能,其典型地解释了大多数这些聚合物存在于最终油墨组合物中。There are many organic polymeric resins, and many of those identified as being useful for preparing ink compositions are commercially available and known to those skilled in the art. Generally speaking, these polymers (whether established ink resins or less typical for this field) serve to capture (e.g., encapsulate) or otherwise immobilize or associate the relevant colorants via physical, covalent, or ionic interactions, ultimately also enabling adhesion of the ink image to the printed substrate. These polymeric resins are therefore often referred to as binders. Some polymers may alternatively or additionally act as dispersants, thereby maintaining the ink formulation in the desired suspension or emulsion form. While the exact function of an organic polymeric resin may vary in the context of a particular formulation, or may include more than one function, it is used herein to refer to a predominant binder function, which typically accounts for the presence of most of these polymers in the final ink composition.

水可分散性热塑性树脂包括但不限于线性和分支的丙烯酸聚合物、丙烯酸苯乙烯共聚物、苯乙烯聚合物、聚酯、共聚酯、聚醚、聚酰胺或聚酯酰胺、聚氨基甲酸酯以及聚胺。这些聚合物典型地供应有关于其平均分子量(MW)、其玻璃转变(Tg)或软化温度、其最低成膜温度(MFFT)、其硬度、其促成最终印刷油墨的光泽度或其粘着于印刷基材或其抗磨的能力的基本资料。一些聚合物可通过其反应性或通过其官能团的密度加以定义,酸数或羟基数不过是这些限制条件的实例。Water-dispersible thermoplastic resins include, but are not limited to, linear and branched acrylic polymers, acrylic styrene copolymers, styrene polymers, polyesters, copolyesters, polyethers, polyamides or polyesteramides, polyurethanes, and polyamines. These polymers are typically supplied with basic information regarding their average molecular weight (MW), their glass transition ( Tg ) or softening temperature, their minimum film forming temperature (MFFT), their hardness, their ability to contribute to the gloss of the final printed ink, or their ability to adhere to the printed substrate or resist abrasion. Some polymers can be defined by their reactivity or by the density of their functional groups, the acid number or hydroxyl number being but examples of such limitations.

油墨配制员熟悉这些参数并且将容易了解,适合的有机聚合树脂的选择可以视预期目的而定。举例来说,如果印刷图像预期是无光泽的或如果油墨图像要进一步层压或用将独立地提供所希望的光学效果的清漆进行涂布,那么粘合剂不需要提供高光泽度。这种光泽度相关信息一般是由供应商提供,但是可以例如通过使用光泽计以固定的入射角独立地测量。使用在75°下Micro-gloss(BYK-Gardner,Germany)单角度光泽计,展示65-70以上的光泽度的印刷被认为是有光泽的,然而具有65以下的光泽度的印刷被认为是无光泽的。Ink formulators are familiar with these parameters and will readily appreciate that the selection of a suitable organic polymeric resin can depend on the intended purpose. For example, if the printed image is intended to be matte or if the ink image is to be further laminated or coated with a varnish that will independently provide the desired optical effect, then the adhesive need not provide a high gloss. Such gloss-related information is generally provided by the supplier but can be independently measured, for example, using a glossmeter at a fixed angle of incidence. Using a Micro-gloss (BYK-Gardner, Germany) single-angle glossmeter at 75°, prints exhibiting a gloss of 65-70 or above are considered glossy, whereas prints with a gloss below 65 are considered matte.

类似地,存在层压物或清漆可减少对选择提供良好到优良抗磨性的聚合物的需要。每个供应商可以使用标准抗力测试ASTM D5264的变化形式来评定该特性。在不存在涂层保护的情况下并且如果印刷产品预期或可能经受擦拭,那么具有较高抗磨性的聚合物应为优选的。可以理解,聚合物的硬度可能与其形成可以具有所希望的抗磨性(如有需要)的油墨膜图像的能力有关。因此,出于某些目的,具有良好到高硬度的树脂是优选的。Similarly, the presence of a laminate or varnish can reduce the need to select a polymer that provides good to excellent abrasion resistance. Each supplier can use a variation of the standard resistance test ASTM D5264 to assess this property. In the absence of a coating protection and if the printed product is expected or likely to be subjected to rubbing, polymers with higher abrasion resistance should be preferred. It will be understood that the hardness of a polymer may be related to its ability to form an ink film image that can have the desired abrasion resistance (if required). Therefore, for some purposes, resins with good to high hardness are preferred.

这种涂层还可以改善油墨图像对某些基材的粘着。令人理解地,聚合物将需要具有的粘着程度将取决于预定的基材。一些有机树脂提供对典型地具有相对低的表面粗糙度的所涂布或合成的基材的良好粘着。其他树脂具有优良的能力并且可以另外地或可选地粘着到具有较高表面粗糙度的基材,如大多数未经涂布的印刷基材。树脂还可以经选择适合如在商业印刷领域中常用的基于纤维素、不含纤维素、基于塑料或基于金属的印刷基材。有利地(不过未必),适合的有机聚合树脂应适合于广泛范围的可能的基材。该粘着到所选基材的能力,如果不由树脂制造商提供,那么可以容易地使用对预定印刷基材的胶带粘着测试来评定。This coating can also improve the adhesion of ink images to certain base materials. Understandably, the degree of adhesion that polymer will need to have will depend on predetermined base material. Some organic resins provide good adhesion to the coated or synthesized base materials that typically have relatively low surface roughness. Other resins have excellent abilities and can additionally or alternatively adhere to base materials with higher surface roughness, such as most of the uncoated printing base materials. Resin can also be selected to be suitable for the printing base materials commonly used in the commercial printing field based on cellulose, cellulose-free, based on plastics or based on metal. Advantageously (but not necessarily), suitable organic polymer resins should be suitable for the possible base materials of a wide range. The ability of this adhesion to selected base materials, if not provided by resin manufacturers, can be easily evaluated using the tape adhesion test to the predetermined printing base material.

酸数(也被称为酸值或中和数)与为中和一克化学物质所需要的氢氧化钾(KOH)的质量(毫克)有关。酸数通常是由制造商提供,但可按照其定义容易地测量。具有高酸数的树脂预期在暴露于水时产生较不稳定的油墨膜(水牢度)并且因此在印刷品的预定用途可能使其暴露于将对包含这些树脂的膜有害的条件时应加以避免。适合于本发明的树脂一般具有220以下、180以下、150以下、120以下、100以下或90以下的酸数。在一些实施方案中,有机聚合树脂具有20与220之间、60与100之间并且特别是70与90之间的酸数。Acid number (also referred to as acid value or neutralization number) is related to the mass (in milligrams) of potassium hydroxide (KOH) required to neutralize one gram of a chemical. Acid number is typically provided by the manufacturer, but can be easily measured according to its definition. Resins with high acid numbers are expected to produce less stable ink films (water fastness) when exposed to water and should therefore be avoided when the intended use of the printed matter may expose them to conditions that would be harmful to films containing these resins. Resins suitable for the present invention generally have an acid number of less than 220, less than 180, less than 150, less than 120, less than 100, or less than 90. In some embodiments, the organic polymeric resin has an acid number between 20 and 220, between 60 and 100, and particularly between 70 and 90.

在一些实施方案中,并且特别是对于采用聚酯或基于聚酯的树脂的各个实施方案来说,酸数可以为15以下、12以下、10以下、7以下、5以下或2.5以下。这些聚合树脂可以具有0与15之间、0与10之间并且特别是0与5之间或1与5之间的酸数。In some embodiments, and particularly for embodiments employing polyester or polyester-based resins, the acid number may be 15 or less, 12 or less, 10 or less, 7 or less, 5 or less, or 2.5 or less. These polymeric resins may have an acid number between 0 and 15, between 0 and 10, and particularly between 0 and 5 or between 1 and 5.

聚合物树脂(如基于丙烯酸的聚合物)在碱性pH值下可以是带负电荷的。因此,在一些实施方案中,聚合树脂在7.5以上、8以上或9以上的pH值下具有负电荷。此外,聚合树脂于水中的溶解度或分散度可能受pH值影响。因此,在一些实施方案中,制剂包含升高pH值的化合物。这些化合物的实例是二乙胺、单乙醇胺以及2-氨基-2-甲基丙醇。这些升高pH值的化合物当包括于油墨中时,一般以少量包括,例如制剂的约1wt.%并且通常不超过制剂的约2wt.%。Polymeric resins (such as acrylic acid-based polymers) can be negatively charged at alkaline pH values. Therefore, in some embodiments, the polymeric resin has a negative charge at a pH value of more than 7.5, more than 8, or more than 9. In addition, the solubility or dispersibility of the polymeric resin in water may be affected by the pH value. Therefore, in some embodiments, the formulation includes compounds that increase the pH value. Examples of these compounds are diethylamine, monoethanolamine, and 2-amino-2-methylpropanol. These compounds that increase the pH value, when included in the ink, are generally included in small amounts, such as about 1 wt.% of the formulation and generally not more than about 2 wt.% of the formulation.

一些树脂是用羟基数(也被称为羟值)表征,其为化合物中游离羟基的含量的量度,因此典型地用于与酯连接。该值(如果未提供)可以通过本领域中已知的所关注的化合物的游离羟基的乙酰化以及标准滴定和计算来测定。因为其他官能团(如伯胺或仲胺)可以参加用于评定该数目的化学反应,所以它们也可以被报导为羟基。因此,羟基数可以用以评定树脂的更一般的反应性/官能性。其以与一克化学物质中的羟基含量相当的氢氧化钾(KOH)质量(毫克)表示,通过滴定具有相同物质的未乙酰化样品对羧基羟基进行校正。一些适合的树脂(例如聚酯或基于聚酯的树脂,包括共聚酯树脂、线性和分支的聚酯或共聚酯树脂)可以具有15与60之间、25与55之间或35与50之间的羟值。Some resins are characterized by a hydroxyl number (also known as a hydroxyl value), which is a measure of the free hydroxyl content in a compound and is therefore typically used for ester linkage. This value (if not provided) can be determined by acetylation of the free hydroxyl groups of the compound of interest, as well as standard titration and calculation, as known in the art. Because other functional groups (such as primary or secondary amines) can participate in the chemical reactions used to assess this number, they can also be reported as hydroxyl groups. Therefore, the hydroxyl number can be used to assess the more general reactivity/functionality of a resin. It is expressed in milligrams of potassium hydroxide (KOH) equivalent to the hydroxyl content in one gram of the chemical, corrected for carboxyl hydroxyl groups by titrating an unacetylated sample of the same substance. Some suitable resins (e.g., polyesters or polyester-based resins, including copolyester resins, linear and branched polyesters, or copolyester resins) may have a hydroxyl number between 15 and 60, between 25 and 55, or between 35 and 50.

另外,适合的树脂将优选满足将更详细描述于以下部分中的热流变条件。再一次地,这些流变模式可以适合于预期目的。举例来说,在与具有低表面粗糙度的印刷基材一起使用时,经干燥的油墨膜在高温下的粘度可以高于打算粘着到具有较高表面粗糙度的基材上的经干燥的油墨膜的粘度。换句话说,要适合于未经涂布的基材的油墨组合物将需要相对较低的经干燥的膜的粘度,这将使图像更好地遵循表面形貌的轮廓,因此增加接触面积从而更好地粘着。一般来说,在用于本文所描述的印刷工艺中时,要包括于本发明的油墨制剂中的有机聚合(粘合剂)树脂的选择可以进一步考虑在成像站点喷射油墨时的温度、喷墨头的类型(如连续喷墨(CIJ)或按需喷滴(drop-on-demand,DOD))、其接触中间转移构件时的温度、其在转移构件上被干燥时的温度以及其在压印站点从转移构件转移到预定印刷基材时的温度。In addition, suitable resins will preferably meet the thermorheological conditions described in more detail in the following sections. Once again, these rheological patterns can be adapted to the intended purpose. For example, when used with a printing substrate having a low surface roughness, the viscosity of the dried ink film at high temperature can be higher than the viscosity of the dried ink film intended to be adhered to a substrate having a higher surface roughness. In other words, an ink composition suitable for an uncoated substrate will require a relatively low viscosity of the dried film, which will allow the image to better follow the contours of the surface topography, thereby increasing the contact area and thus better adhesion. Generally speaking, when used in the printing process described herein, the selection of the organic polymeric (binder) resin to be included in the ink formulation of the present invention can further take into account the temperature at which the ink is ejected at the imaging station, the type of inkjet head (such as continuous inkjet (CIJ) or drop-on-demand (DOD)), its temperature when it contacts the intermediate transfer member, its temperature when it is dried on the transfer member, and its temperature when it is transferred from the transfer member to the intended printing substrate at the imprint station.

在一些实施方案中,适合的有机聚合树脂包括丙烯酸聚合物、丙烯酸苯乙烯共聚物、苯乙烯聚合物、聚酯。在其他实施方案中,树脂是一种或多种选自包含以下的群组的聚合物:90、530、537E、538、631、1158、1180、1680E、1908、1925、2038、2157、Eco 2189、LMV 7051、8055、8060、8064、8067,所有基于丙烯酸的聚合物可购自BASF;7150、XP2607以及F-37070,所有基于聚酯的聚合物分别可购自Evonik、Bayer以及Synthesia International;以及其任何其他可商购的化学等效物。为方便起见,以下再现如由各自的供应商所提供的关于这些物质的数据。分散剂Joncryl HPD 296是出于比较目的而被包括。In some embodiments, suitable organic polymeric resins include acrylic polymers, acrylic styrene copolymers, styrene polymers, and polyesters. In other embodiments, the resin is one or more polymers selected from the group consisting of: 90, 530, 537E, 538, 631, 1158, 1180, 1680E, 1908, 1925, 2038, 2157, Eco 2189, LMV 7051, 8055, 8060, 8064, 8067, all acrylic-based polymers available from BASF; 7150, XP2607, and F-37070, all polyester-based polymers available from Evonik, Bayer, and Synthesia International, respectively; and any other commercially available chemical equivalents thereof. For convenience, data regarding these materials are reproduced below as provided by their respective suppliers. The dispersant Joncryl HPD 296 is included for comparative purposes.

不需要限制树脂的分子量。在一些实施方案中,树脂具有至少1,200、至少1,500、至少2,000或至少5,000、至少25,000、至少50,000、至少100,000、至少150,000或至少200,000的平均分子量。在一些实施方案中,适合的有机聚合树脂并且尤其聚酯或基于聚酯的树脂(包括共聚酯树脂、线性和分支的聚酯或共聚酯树脂)可以具有至多12,000、至多10,000、至多8,000、至多6,000、至多5,000、至多4,000、至多3,500或至多3,000的平均分子量。The molecular weight of the resin need not be limited. In some embodiments, the resin has an average molecular weight of at least 1,200, at least 1,500, at least 2,000, or at least 5,000, at least 25,000, at least 50,000, at least 100,000, at least 150,000, or at least 200,000. In some embodiments, suitable organic polymeric resins and in particular polyesters or polyester-based resins (including copolyester resins, linear and branched polyesters or copolyester resins) may have an average molecular weight of at most 12,000, at most 10,000, at most 8,000, at most 6,000, at most 5,000, at most 4,000, at most 3,500, or at most 3,000.

实施例Example

以下实施例说明根据本发明的教示的喷墨油墨制剂。The following examples illustrate inkjet ink formulations according to the teachings of the present invention.

物质和化学品是购自各个制造商,包括:Substances and chemicals were purchased from various manufacturers, including:

虽然以下制剂是使用各自制造商的以所指示商标供应的物质来制备的,但是这些成分可以由其他具有类似化学式的可商购的化合物代替。Although the following formulations were prepared using substances supplied by the respective manufacturers under the indicated trademarks, these ingredients may be replaced by other commercially available compounds having similar chemical formulas.

为了简便起见,以下所呈现的制剂是使用碳黑作为颜料以用于产生黑(K)色油墨。以下制剂中的一些是以与关于黑色颜料所指示相同的浓度用青色颜料(例如PV Fast BlueBG)、洋红色颜料(例如Jet Magenta DMQ)或黄色颜料(例如HansaBrilliant Yellow 5GX03)制备,分别得到青色(C)、洋红色(M)以及黄色(Y)油墨。用黑色油墨获得的结果将通过其适当的实施例编号提及。如果在提到不是黑色的颜色的情况下展示或讨论这些结果,那么指示特定颜色的一字母编码。举例来说,‘实施例4C’将对应于实施例4中所公开的制剂的青色型式。类似地,以下制剂中的一些是以染料替代颜料来制备。结合本发明的油墨制剂测试的染料包括Red 485和Blue 636。可适合于这些制剂的替代着色剂(颜料或染料)是配制印刷油墨的领域的技术人员容易知晓的。For simplicity, the formulations presented below use carbon black as the pigment to produce a black (K) ink. Some of the following formulations were prepared with a cyan pigment (e.g., PV Fast Blue BG), a magenta pigment (e.g., Jet Magenta DMQ), or a yellow pigment (e.g., Hansa Brilliant Yellow 5GX03) at the same concentrations as indicated for the black pigment, resulting in cyan (C), magenta (M), and yellow (Y) inks, respectively. Results obtained with black ink will be referred to by their appropriate example number. If the results are presented or discussed with reference to a color other than black, a one-letter code indicating the specific color will be used. For example, 'Example 4C' would correspond to a cyan version of the formulation disclosed in Example 4. Similarly, some of the following formulations were prepared using dyes in place of pigments. Dyes tested in conjunction with the ink formulations of the present invention include Red 485 and Blue 636. Alternative colorants (pigments or dyes) that may be suitable for these formulations are readily known to those skilled in the art of formulating printing inks.

聚合粘合剂树脂是以许多形式可商购的,包括各种固体形式,如无定形或晶体结构。树脂可以是以自由流动粉末和球粒形式可获得的。树脂可以如乳液或分散体之液体形式可获得的,典型地与适合的添加剂掺混。另外,每种这些可商购的树脂可以具有特定的特征粒度分布。Polymeric binder resins are commercially available in many forms, including various solid forms, such as amorphous or crystalline structures. The resins are available in the form of free-flowing powders and pellets. The resins are available in liquid forms such as emulsions or dispersions, typically blended with suitable additives. In addition, each of these commercially available resins may have a specific characteristic particle size distribution.

如所知,组合物的粘度可受其含有的成分的类型、其各自的固有流变特性以及其浓度的影响。如油墨配制领域的技术人员所了解,粒度在某种程度上也可以影响粘度,因为相同量的具有较低粒度的物质提供更高的可用于能够改变一些其原始理化特性的相互作用的表面积。然而,粒度不过是一个参数,并且因此不需要限制。As is known, the viscosity of a composition can be affected by the types of ingredients it contains, their respective inherent rheological properties, and their concentrations. As those skilled in the art of ink formulation understand, particle size can also affect viscosity to some extent, as the same amount of material with a lower particle size provides a higher surface area available for interactions that can alter some of its original physicochemical properties. However, particle size is merely one parameter and, as such, need not be limiting.

在一些实施方案中,树脂具有3微米(μm)或更小或小于1μm或小于0.5μm或小于400nm或小于300nm或小于200nm或小于100nm的的平均粒度d50In some embodiments, the resin has an average particle size d50 of 3 micrometers (μm) or less, or less than 1 μm, or less than 0.5 μm, or less than 400 nm, or less than 300 nm, or less than 200 nm, or less than 100 nm.

对于以液体形式可获得的树脂来说用于制备根据本发明的实施方案的油墨的一般程序如下:首先,通过将蒸馏水、至少一部分(典型地约20%)的聚合树脂或分散剂(如果使用)以及着色剂混合,并且通过本领域中已知的程序使用任何适当的设备进行研磨直到达到适合的粒度来制备颜料或染料浓缩物。如果在这个步骤中使用分散剂,那么其典型地以与着色剂1:1的比率使用。或者,可商购的纳米颜料(例如具有1μm以下的d50)或亚微米至低微米范围树脂(例如具有5μm以下的d50)可以容易地用于制备本发明的油墨制剂。如果使用升高pH值的化合物,那么其可在这个步骤中被包括。研磨过程是基于粒度测量使用动态光散射粒度分析仪(ZETASIZERTMNano-S,ZEN1600,获自Malvern Instruments,England)使用标准操作规程进行监测。除非另外说明,否则当平均粒度(d50)达到约70nm时该过程停止。The general procedure for preparing inks according to embodiments of the present invention for resins available in liquid form is as follows: First, a pigment or dye concentrate is prepared by mixing distilled water, at least a portion (typically about 20%) of the polymeric resin or dispersant (if used), and the colorant, and grinding using any suitable equipment according to procedures known in the art until a suitable particle size is achieved. If a dispersant is used in this step, it is typically used in a 1:1 ratio with the colorant. Alternatively, commercially available nanopigments (e.g., having a d50 of less than 1 μm) or submicron to low micron range resins (e.g., having a d50 of less than 5 μm) can readily be used to prepare the ink formulations of the present invention. If a pH-raising compound is used, it can be included in this step. The grinding process is monitored based on particle size measurement using a dynamic light scattering particle size analyzer (ZETASIZER Nano-S, ZEN1600, available from Malvern Instruments, England) using standard operating procedures. Unless stated otherwise, the process was stopped when the average particle size ( d50 ) reached approximately 70 nm.

然后添加其余物质到颜料浓缩物中并且混合。在混合之后,经0.5μm过滤器过滤油墨。因此获得的油墨的粘度是在25℃下使用粘度计(DV II+Pro,获自Brookfield)测量并且典型地在约2cP至25cP范围内。表面张力是使用标准液体张力计(EasyDyne,获自Krüss)测量并且一般在约20至30mN/m范围内。所得pH值通常在6.5至10.5范围内,并且更典型地在7.0至9.0范围内。The remaining materials are then added to the pigment concentrate and mixed. After mixing, the ink is filtered through a 0.5 μm filter. The viscosity of the ink thus obtained is measured at 25°C using a viscometer (DV II + Pro, available from Brookfield) and is typically in the range of about 2 cP to 25 cP. The surface tension is measured using a standard liquid tensiometer (EasyDyne, available from Krüss) and is generally in the range of about 20 to 30 mN/m. The resulting pH value is typically in the range of 6.5 to 10.5, and more typically in the range of 7.0 to 9.0.

在其他实施方案中,当聚合树脂是以固体形式可获得时,可以使用替代程序。典型地,将树脂与分散剂一起充分研磨,然后与着色剂和油墨制剂的任何其他成分混合。对于本文所公开的一些制剂的制备,将由37.5g7150(Evonik,薄片)、93.75g DispexUltra PX4575(BASF,也被称为4575)以及131.25ml蒸馏水组成的浆料在5℃下在球磨机(Atrittor 0S,Union Process,USA)中研磨48小时,该球磨机具有陶瓷内表面和0.8mm氧化锆珠粒。然后,将研磨浆料以所希望的比率与着色剂的浓缩物混合(例如黑色颜料在分散剂存在下分散于标准研磨设备中)。在本发明的实施例中,颜料是用相同的DispexUltra PX 4575分散,以使得树脂与分散剂的最终比率是1:0.35。按需要,添加软化剂到树脂-颜料混合物中,并且如果需要,那么添加水来实现最终制剂。然后将充分配制的油墨混合并且经0.5μm过滤器过滤。如上文所述测量粘度、表面张力以及pH值。In other embodiments, when polymeric resin is available in solid form, alternative procedures can be used. Typically, the resin is fully ground together with a dispersant and then mixed with any other ingredients of the colorant and ink formulation. For the preparation of some formulations disclosed herein, a slurry consisting of 37.5g 7150 (Evonik, flakes), 93.75g DispexUltra PX4575 (BASF, also known as 4575) and 131.25ml distilled water was ground for 48 hours at 5°C in a ball mill (Atrittor OS, Union Process, USA), which has a ceramic inner surface and 0.8mm zirconium oxide beads. The ground slurry is then mixed with a concentrate of the colorant in the presence of a dispersant (e.g., black pigment is dispersed in a standard grinding device in the presence of a dispersant). In an embodiment of the present invention, the pigment is dispersed with identical DispexUltra PX 4575 so that the final ratio of the resin to the dispersant is 1:0.35. As needed, softeners were added to the resin-pigment mixture and water was added if necessary to achieve the final formulation. The fully formulated ink was then mixed and filtered through a 0.5 μm filter. Viscosity, surface tension, and pH were measured as described above.

以下呈现通过这些示例性方法制备的油墨制剂的部分列表,每种成分的含量以储备物质的重量百分比(wt.%)形式指示,无论是液体或固体化学品或经稀释的包含所关注的物质的溶液、分散体还是乳液,重量百分比是相对于最终制剂的总重量。还提供具有至少45%(参看实施例42)和约80%(参看实施例40和41)的固体含量的浓缩型式。本发明所属领域的技术人员将容易了解其他制备方法可能是同样适合的。A partial list of ink formulations prepared by these exemplary methods is presented below, with the amount of each ingredient indicated as a weight percent (wt.%) of the stock material, whether a liquid or solid chemical or a diluted solution, dispersion, or emulsion containing the substance of interest, with the weight percent being relative to the total weight of the final formulation. Concentrated forms having a solids content of at least 45% (see Example 42) and about 80% (see Examples 40 and 41) are also provided. Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that other preparation methods may be equally suitable.

实施例1Example 1

实施例2Example 2

实施例3Example 3

实施例4Example 4

实施例5Example 5

实施例6Example 6

实施例7Example 7

实施例8Example 8

实施例9Example 9

实施例10Example 10

实施例11Example 11

实施例12Example 12

实施例13Example 13

实施例14Example 14

实施例15Example 15

实施例16Example 16

实施例17Example 17

实施例18Example 18

实施例19Example 19

实施例20Example 20

实施例21Example 21

实施例22Example 22

实施例23Example 23

实施例24Example 24

实施例25Example 25

实施例26Example 26

实施例27Example 27

实施例28Example 28

实施例29Example 29

实施例30Example 30

实施例31Example 31

实施例32Example 32

实施例33Example 33

实施例34Example 34

实施例35Example 35

实施例36Example 36

实施例37Example 37

实施例38Example 38

实施例39Example 39

实施例40Example 40

实施例41Example 41

实施例42Example 42

各种可商购的纳米颜料可以用于本发明的油墨制剂中。这些颜料包括颜料制剂,如CAB-O-352K,获自Cabot;Hostajet Magenta E5B-PT和Hostajet Black O-PT,两者都获自Clariant;以及需要后分散工艺的颜料,如Cromophtal Jet Magenta DMQ和Irgalite Blue GLO,两者都获自BASF。A variety of commercially available nanopigments can be used in the ink formulations of the present invention. These include pigment formulations such as CAB-O-352K, available from Cabot; Hostajet Magenta E5B-PT and Hostajet Black O-PT, both available from Clariant; and pigments that require a post-dispersion process, such as Cromophtal Jet Magenta DMQ and Irgalite Blue GLO, both available from BASF.

本领域的一般技术人员可以容易地认识到,各种已知的着色剂和着色剂制剂可以用于本发明的油墨或喷墨油墨制剂中。在一个实施方案中,这些颜料和颜料制剂可以包括喷墨着色剂和喷墨着色剂制剂,或基本上由喷墨着色剂和喷墨着色剂制剂组成。Those skilled in the art can easily recognize that various known colorants and colorant preparations can be used for ink of the present invention or inkjet ink preparation.In one embodiment, these pigments and pigment preparations can comprise inkjet colorant and inkjet colorant preparation, or are basically made up of inkjet colorant and inkjet colorant preparation.

替代地或另外,着色剂可以是染料。适合用于本发明的油墨制剂中的染料的实例包括:Duasyn Yellow 3GF-SF液体、Duasyn Acid Yellow XX-SF、Duasyn Red 3B-SF液体、Duasynjet Cyan FRL-SF液体(全部由Clariant International Ltd.制造);BasovitYellow 133、Fastusol Yellow 30L、Basacid Red 495、Basacid Red 510液体、BasacidBlue 762液体、Basacid Black X34液体、Basacid Black X38液体、Basacid Black X40液体(全部由BASF制造)。Alternatively or in addition, the colorant can be a dye. Examples of dyes suitable for use in the ink formulations of the present invention include: Duasyn Yellow 3GF-SF liquid, Duasyn Acid Yellow XX-SF, Duasyn Red 3B-SF liquid, Duasynjet Cyan FRL-SF liquid (all manufactured by Clariant International Ltd.); Basovit Yellow 133, Fastusol Yellow 30L, Basacid Red 495, Basacid Red 510 liquid, Basacid Blue 762 liquid, Basacid Black X34 liquid, Basacid Black X38 liquid, Basacid Black X40 liquid (all manufactured by BASF).

本领域的技术人员可以选择各种适合的分散剂,包括可商购的产品。这些分散剂可以包括高分子量聚氨基甲酸酯或氨基氨基甲酸酯(例如198)、苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物(例如HPD296)、改性的聚丙烯酸酯聚合物(例如4560、4580)、通过受控自由基聚合制备的丙烯酸嵌段共聚物(例如4585、7702)、磺基琥珀酸酯(例如Triton GR、Empimin OT)、炔二醇(例如SurfynolCT)、羧酸的铵盐(例如7571)、羧酸的烷基醇铵盐(例如5071)、具有酸基的脂肪族聚醚(例如EFKA 6230)或乙氧基化非离子脂肪醇(例如N-OC 30)。Those skilled in the art can select various suitable dispersants, including commercially available products. These dispersants can include high molecular weight polyurethane or aminocarbamate (e.g., 198), styrene-acrylic acid copolymer (e.g., HPD296), modified polyacrylate polymers (e.g., 4560, 4580), acrylic block copolymers prepared by controlled radical polymerization (e.g., 4585, 7702), sulfosuccinates (e.g., Triton GR, Empimin OT), acetylenic diols (e.g., Surfynol CT), ammonium salts of carboxylic acids (e.g., 7571), alkyl alcohol ammonium salts of carboxylic acids (e.g., 5071), aliphatic polyethers with acid groups (e.g., EFKA 6230), or ethoxylated nonionic fatty alcohols (e.g., N-OC 30).

在一些实施方案中,除聚合树脂之外,可能需要包括着色剂、水和任选的助溶剂、少量的表面活性剂,例如油墨的0.5-1.5wt.%。这些表面活性剂可以充当润湿剂和/或均化剂。在一些实施方案中,表面活性剂是非离子型表面活性剂。示例性类型的润湿剂和/或均化剂包括硅酮、改性的有机聚硅氧烷以及聚醚改性的硅氧烷(例如来自BYK的-307、-333、345、-346、-347、-348或-349;或来自BASF的Hydropalat WE 3240)。氟表面活性剂也可以是适合的,如Capstone FS-10、Capstone FS-22、Capstone FS-31、Capstone FS-65(DuPont)、Hydropalat WE 3370以及Hydropalat WE 3500。烃表面活性剂可以用作湿润剂和/或均化剂,如嵌段共聚物(例如Hydropalat WE 3110、WE 3130)、磺基琥珀酸酯(例如Hydropalat WE 3475)以及乙炔二醇衍生物(例如Hydropalat WE 3240)。In some embodiments, except polymeric resin, it may be necessary to include colorant, water and optional cosolvent, a small amount of surfactant, for example the 0.5-1.5wt.% of printing ink. These surfactants can serve as wetting agent and/or leveling agent. In some embodiments, surfactant is a nonionic surfactant. The wetting agent and/or leveling agent of exemplary types include silicone, modified organopolysiloxane and polyether-modified siloxane (for example from BYK -307, -333, 345, -346, -347, -348 or -349; Or from BASF's Hydropalat WE 3240). Fluorosurfactant can also be suitable, such as Capstone FS-10, Capstone FS-22, Capstone FS-31, Capstone FS-65 (DuPont), Hydropalat WE 3370 and Hydropalat WE 3500. Hydrocarbon surfactants can be used as wetting agents and/or leveling agents, such as block copolymers (eg Hydropalat WE 3110, WE 3130), sulfosuccinates (eg Hydropalat WE 3475) and acetylene glycol derivatives (eg Hydropalat WE 3240).

在一些实施方案中,可能需要包括至少一种湿润剂。可与水混溶的湿润剂的实例是二醇,如乙二醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、二丙二醇、寡或聚乙二醇、寡或聚丙二醇、甘油以及乙二醇醚;含氮的溶剂,如N-甲基吡咯烷酮和2-吡咯烷酮;以及含硫的溶剂,如二甲亚砜(DMSO);及其混合物。In some embodiments, it may be desirable to include at least one wetting agent. Examples of water-miscible wetting agents are glycols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, oligo- or polyethylene glycols, oligo- or polypropylene glycols, glycerol, and glycol ethers; nitrogen-containing solvents such as N-methylpyrrolidone and 2-pyrrolidone; and sulfur-containing solvents such as dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO); and mixtures thereof.

可适合于用于本发明的油墨制剂中的各种其他或额外的分散剂、湿润剂以及润湿剂和均化剂对本领域的一般技术人员来说将是显而易知的。Various other or additional dispersants, humectants, and wetting and leveling agents that may be suitable for use in the ink formulations of the present invention will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art.

热流变特性Thermo-rheological properties

可以使用这些油墨制剂的本发明工艺可以包括在图像转移构件的表面上转运期间加热油墨膜或图像,以从油墨图像中蒸发水性载剂。加热还可以促进降低油墨粘度以实现从ITM到基材的转移条件。可以将油墨图像加热到一定温度,在该温度下促使在水性载剂蒸发之后残留的有机聚合树脂和着色剂的残膜有粘性(例如通过软化树脂)。The present process, in which these ink formulations may be used, may include heating the ink film or image during transport on the surface of the image transfer member to evaporate the aqueous vehicle from the ink image. Heating may also facilitate reducing the viscosity of the ink to achieve transfer conditions from the ITM to the substrate. The ink image may be heated to a temperature that renders the residual film of organic polymeric resin and colorant remaining after evaporation of the aqueous vehicle tacky (e.g., by softening the resin).

在即将转移到印刷基材之前,图像转移构件的表面上的残余油墨膜可以是干的或基本上干的。膜包括来自油墨制剂的树脂和着色剂。残膜可以进一步包括少量的一种或多种表面活性剂或分散剂,其典型地在油墨的pH值下(即在喷射之前)是水溶性的。Immediately prior to transfer to the printing substrate, the residual ink film on the surface of the image transfer member may be dry or substantially dry. The film comprises the resin and colorant from the ink formulation. The residual film may further comprise a small amount of one or more surfactants or dispersants, which are typically water-soluble at the pH of the ink (i.e., prior to jetting).

油墨残膜在其到达压印滚筒之前可以变得有粘性。在这种情况下,膜可以在压印站点处通过与基材接触并且暴露于环境而冷却。已经有粘性的油墨膜可以立即粘着到基材,其是在压力下压印到基材上,并且膜的冷却可以足以降低膜对图像转移表面的粘着力,达到膜从图像转移构件利落地剥掉而不会损害对基材的粘着力的程度。The residual ink film may become tacky before it reaches the impression cylinder. In this case, the film can be cooled at the impression station by contact with the substrate and exposure to the environment. The already tacky ink film may immediately adhere to the substrate onto which it is impressed under pressure, and the cooling of the film may be sufficient to reduce the film's adhesion to the image transfer surface to the point where the film can be cleanly peeled off from the image transfer member without compromising adhesion to the substrate.

粘性(或胶粘性)可以定义为物质的特性,这种特性能够使物质与表面在轻微压力下直接接触后粘合。粘性性能可能与物质(聚合树脂或油墨固体)的各种粘弹特性高度相关。粘滞特性与弹性特性均似乎是重要的;粘滞特性至少部分地表征物质在表面上展开并且形成紧密接触的能力,而弹性特性至少部分地表征物质的粘合强度。这些和其他热流变特性是速率和温度依赖性的。Viscosity (or tackiness) can be defined as the property of a substance that enables it to adhere to a surface after direct contact under slight pressure. Viscous properties can be highly correlated with various viscoelastic properties of the substance (polymeric resin or ink solids). Both viscous and elastic properties appear to be important; the viscous properties at least partially characterize the ability of a substance to spread out on a surface and form intimate contact, while the elastic properties at least partially characterize the adhesive strength of the substance. These and other thermorheological properties are rate- and temperature-dependent.

上文已经描述了与成像站点的低温操作相关的显著困难中的一些。简单来说,虽然在成像站点处的较低温度可以减少由油墨载剂蒸发产生的喷嘴堵塞并且延长随后经受更不严格的操作条件的橡皮布的寿命,但是将该站点下面的橡皮布部分的温度降至载剂蒸发的温度以下产生其自身的问题。虽然油墨需要保持从印刷头喷嘴的可喷射性,但沉积的小滴需要在将很大程度上归因于低得多的蒸发速率而低于以相同制剂在更高温度下可获得的粘度的粘度下容易地粘着到ITM的外表面。这些油墨小滴需要能够一旦在ITM表面上,只要只要油墨载剂未完全蒸发,则即刻形成一层皮,从而防止在橡皮布上小滴位置和形状的扰乱。如果需要在喷墨和成像之前通过用调节溶液处理橡皮布来促进粘着,那么与任选的调节剂相互作用的类型还可能受温度的影响。Some of the significant difficulties associated with low-temperature operation of imaging stations have been described above. Simply put, while lower temperatures at the imaging station can reduce nozzle clogging caused by ink vehicle evaporation and extend the life of the blanket, which is subsequently subjected to less stringent operating conditions, lowering the temperature of the blanket portion below the station to below the temperature at which the vehicle evaporates creates its own problems. While the ink needs to remain jettable from the printhead nozzles, the deposited droplets need to readily adhere to the outer surface of the ITM at a viscosity that is lower than that achievable with the same formulation at higher temperatures, largely due to the much lower evaporation rate. These ink droplets need to be able to form a skin once on the ITM surface, as long as the ink vehicle has not completely evaporated, to prevent disturbances in the droplet position and shape on the blanket. If adhesion needs to be promoted by treating the blanket with a conditioning solution prior to inkjet and imaging, the type of interaction with the optional conditioning agent may also be affected by temperature.

所得油墨滴随后经历加热、干燥并且转移到印刷基材,以产生残余油墨膜。这些获自本发明的油墨制剂并且可以基本上如本文所描述进行加工的残膜可以具有若干显著的特征,包括:The resulting ink droplets are then heated, dried, and transferred to a printing substrate to produce a residual ink film. These residual films, obtained from the ink formulations of the present invention and which can be processed substantially as described herein, can have several notable characteristics, including:

·超薄薄膜厚度(对于单层膜来说,典型地是约0.5μm);Ultra-thin film thickness (typically around 0.5 μm for a single layer);

·温度梯度:温度随沿膜的Z轴(厚度方向)的位置而变化;Temperature gradient: Temperature varies with position along the Z-axis (thickness direction) of the film;

·基本上或完全干的膜,包括ITM与其近端的膜表面之间的界面;以及A substantially or completely dry membrane, including the interface between the ITM and its proximal membrane surface; and

·本发明的调节层,其可有利地剥去ITM以形成残膜的主要部分。• The conditioning layer of the present invention, which can advantageously be stripped of the ITM to form the major portion of the residual film.

此外,该工艺可能需要本发明的残膜在低温(例如140℃以下、120℃以下、100℃以下或90℃以下)下具有充足的流动性以容易地从ITM转移到印刷基材。该工艺可能还需要本发明的残膜在较低温度(例如55℃以下)具有足够低的流动性下,以使得残膜在这些温度下“永久地”粘着到印刷基材,而不会产生粘着到其他表面的倾向。In addition, the process may require that the residual film of the present invention has sufficient fluidity at low temperatures (e.g., below 140°C, below 120°C, below 100°C, or below 90°C) to facilitate transfer from the ITM to the printed substrate. The process may also require that the residual film of the present invention has sufficiently low fluidity at relatively low temperatures (e.g., below 55°C) so that the residual film is "permanently" adhered to the printed substrate at these temperatures without a tendency to adhere to other surfaces.

通过适当选择残膜的热流变特征,冷却的作用可以在于增加残膜的内聚力,借此使其内聚力超过其对转移构件的粘着力,以使得所有或基本上所有的残膜与图像转移构件分离并且以膜的形式压印到基材上。以这种方式,有可能确保残膜被压印在基材上,而不会显著改变被膜覆盖的区域,也不会改变其厚度。By appropriately selecting the thermorheological characteristics of the residual film, the cooling effect can be to increase the cohesive force of the residual film, thereby causing it to exceed its adhesive force to the transfer member, so that all or substantially all of the residual film is separated from the image transfer member and is imprinted onto the substrate in the form of a film. In this way, it is possible to ensure that the residual film is imprinted onto the substrate without significantly changing the area covered by the film or its thickness.

本发明人已经发现,经干燥或基本上经干燥的油墨残渣或油墨残膜可以有利地在60℃至87.5℃的第一范围内的至少一个第一温度下具有在106cP至5·107cP范围内的第一动态粘度。本发明人已经发现,该第一动态粘度可与经干燥的油墨膜在极其低的转移压力下从ITM有效低温转移到各种纤维(例如经涂布和未经涂布的纸和纸板)和非纤维(例如各种类型的塑料)基材有关联。The present inventors have found that the dried or substantially dried ink residue or ink film may advantageously have a first dynamic viscosity in the range of 10 6 cP to 5.10 7 cP at at least one first temperature in the first range of 60° C. to 87.5° C. The present inventors have found that this first dynamic viscosity may be associated with efficient low temperature transfer of the dried ink film from the ITM to various fibrous (e.g., coated and uncoated paper and paperboard) and non-fibrous (e.g., various types of plastics) substrates at extremely low transfer pressures.

本发明人已经进一步发现油墨残膜可以有利地在50℃至55℃的第二温度范围内的至少一个第二温度下具有至少7·107cP的第二动态粘度。在这些粘度和温度下,残膜可以展示充足的流动性,从而实现与印刷基材的表面良好接触,同时当冷却油墨膜时表面粘性是足够低的以防止粘着到其他表面。The present inventors have further discovered that the ink residual film can advantageously have a second dynamic viscosity of at least 7·10 7 cP at at least one second temperature in a second temperature range of 50° C. to 55° C. At these viscosities and temperatures, the residual film can exhibit sufficient fluidity to achieve good contact with the surface of the printed substrate, while the surface tack is low enough to prevent sticking to other surfaces when the ink film is cooled.

热流变测量Thermo-rheological measurements

粘度温度步进扫描使用具有TM-PE-P Peltier板温度模块和P20Ti L测量几何结构或PP20一次性(主轴)的Thermo Scientific HAAKE Mars III流变仪来进行。Viscosity temperature step sweeps were performed using a Thermo Scientific HAAKE Mars III rheometer with a TM-PE-P Peltier plate temperature module and a P20Ti L measurement geometry or a PP20 disposable (spindle).

测试在2cm直径的模块中具有1mm深度的基本上干的油墨残渣的样品。在热流变评估之前,将样品在烘箱中在100℃至110℃的操作温度下干燥,直到样品的重量基本上保持恒定,典型地达到基于非挥发性物质的预期重量。典型地,将样品在10毫巴真空(绝对)下干燥过夜(即,至少12,并且至多18小时),并且在引入流变仪模块之前发现其明显地并且触觉上是干燥的。The sample was tested with a substantially dry ink residue of 1 mm in a 2 cm diameter module. Prior to thermorheological evaluation, the sample was dried in an oven at an operating temperature of 100°C to 110°C until the weight of the sample remained substantially constant, typically reaching the expected weight based on non-volatile matter. Typically, the sample was dried overnight (i.e., at least 12 and up to 18 hours) under 10 mbar vacuum (absolute) and found to be visibly and tactilely dry before introduction into the rheometer module.

将一定体积的样品(球粒)插入2cm直径模块中并且通过温和加热(典型地在80℃下持续少于一分钟)而软化,以确保样品的表面与主轴之间充分接触。然后,通过降低主轴以使样品体积减至1mm的所希望的深度来使样品体积减至所希望的尺寸。A certain volume of sample (pellet) is inserted into a 2 cm diameter module and softened by gentle heating (typically at 80°C for less than one minute) to ensure adequate contact between the surface of the sample and the spindle. The sample volume is then reduced to the desired size by lowering the spindle to reduce the sample volume to the desired depth of 1 mm.

在温度匀变模式中,使样品温度在低温(典型地45℃至55℃,特别是大约50℃)下稳定120秒,然后匀升至高温(典型地150℃至190℃,特别是大约180℃)。In the temperature ramp mode, the sample temperature is stabilized at low temperature (typically 45-55°C, in particular about 50°C) for 120 seconds and then ramped to high temperature (typically 150-190°C, in particular about 180°C).

测量是在两种方案下进行,这两种方案分别被称为“长方法”和“短方法”。在长方法中,将温度设定为以约0.08℃/秒的速率增加至约110℃,而在更高温度(110℃以上)下则以约0.04℃/秒的速率进行。粘度测量是以约10℃的时间间隔进行,在每个时间点进行20次重复测量。然后,使样品温度在高温下稳定120秒,然后以相同速率匀降至低温。振荡温度扫描是以1Hz(Ω=6.2832拉德/秒)的频率在直至110℃1-500Pa和在110℃与180℃之间5Pa的应力下进行。The measurements were performed under two schemes, referred to as the "long method" and the "short method". In the long method, the temperature was set to increase at a rate of about 0.08°C/second to about 110°C, while at higher temperatures (above 110°C) it was performed at a rate of about 0.04°C/second. The viscosity measurements were performed at time intervals of about 10°C, with 20 repeated measurements at each time point. The sample temperature was then allowed to stabilize at the high temperature for 120 seconds and then gradually decreased to the low temperature at the same rate. The oscillating temperature sweep was performed at a frequency of 1 Hz (Ω = 6.2832 rad/second) at a stress of 1-500 Pa up to 110°C and 5 Pa between 110°C and 180°C.

在短方法中,将温度设定为以约0.11℃/秒的速率增加至约110℃,而在更高温度下则以约0.07℃/秒的速率进行。在直至约110℃的范围内,粘度测量是以约90秒的时间间隔进行,在每个时间点进行十次重复测量。然后,在940秒内使样品温度增加至目标高温,此时最后一次测量粘度,而不匀降回到较低温度。主轴被设定为以1Hz的频率振荡。In the short method, the temperature was set to increase at a rate of about 0.11°C/second to about 110°C, and at a rate of about 0.07°C/second at higher temperatures. Viscosity measurements were taken at intervals of about 90 seconds up to about 110°C, with ten replicates at each time point. The sample temperature was then increased to the target high temperature over 940 seconds, at which point the viscosity was measured for the final time, without being ramped back down to the lower temperature. The spindle was set to oscillate at a frequency of 1 Hz.

本实验设备中所用的流变仪在给定温度下和高达100℃的温度提供多达十次重复测量,流变仪排列每次测量的质量,从而锻炼操作员人工地在线性粘弹性范围内选择(如有需要)具代表性的值(典型地在给定温度下进行的一系列中的至少最后三次测量)。110℃以上,样品是一般粘滞性的并且一般具有充足的线性粘弹性范围以允许自动测量。The rheometer used in this experimental setup provides up to ten replicate measurements at a given temperature and temperatures up to 100°C, with the rheometer arranging the mass of each measurement, thereby training the operator to manually select (if necessary) representative values within the linear viscoelastic range (typically at least the last three measurements in a series performed at a given temperature). Above 110°C, samples are generally viscous and generally have sufficient linear viscoelastic range to allow automated measurement.

对于可重复性证实为一个问题的样品,样品“记忆”可能是通过在120℃下以10Pa剪切力(0.5Hz)频率实行振荡,持续60秒(取20个点);在120℃与50℃之间在相同条件下实行振荡,持续600秒;在120℃下以10Pa剪切力(0.5Hz)实行振荡,持续60秒(取20个点)而降低或基本上抹去。For samples where repeatability proves to be an issue, sample "memory" may be reduced or essentially erased by oscillating at 120°C with a shear force of 10Pa (0.5Hz) for 60 seconds (20 points); oscillating under the same conditions between 120°C and 50°C for 600 seconds; and oscillating at 120°C with a shear force of 10Pa (0.5Hz) for 60 seconds (20 points).

本领域的技术人员应了解,对主轴和/或平台的粘着不充分的样品物质可能展示不反映或充分反映样品物质的固有热流变特性的结果。本领域的技术人员将容易地了解,在这种情况下,粘度必须通过其他可获得的对样品物质的特性适合的手段来评估。It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that a sample material that does not adhere sufficiently to the spindle and/or platform may exhibit results that do not reflect or adequately reflect the inherent thermorheological properties of the sample material. Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that in such cases, viscosity must be assessed by other available means appropriate to the characteristics of the sample material.

举例来说,熔体流动指数仪可以用于测定经干燥的油墨制剂的熔体流动指数(MFI)。这些设备监测由于在替代规定温度下经由规定的替代重量施加压力而在每段预设时间段(例如十分钟内)流经特定直径和长度的毛细管的质量(克)。概括地讲,如通过这种方法所测量的熔体流动速率与熔体在测试条件下的粘度成反比。存在针对这些测量的标准。这种设备可以用于表征物质随若干离散温度而变的流动性。For example, a melt flow indexer can be used to determine the melt flow index (MFI) of a dried ink formulation. These devices monitor the mass (in grams) that flows through a capillary tube of a specific diameter and length over a preset time period (e.g., ten minutes) due to the application of pressure via a specified weight at a specified temperature. Generally speaking, the melt flow rate, as measured by this method, is inversely proportional to the viscosity of the melt under the test conditions. Standards exist for these measurements. Such devices can be used to characterize the fluidity of a substance as a function of several discrete temperatures.

在本说明书中和随后的权利要求书部分中,动态粘度的值是通过在上文中所描述的“短方法”定量测定。In this specification and in the claims that follow, the values of dynamic viscosity are determined quantitatively by the "short method" described above.

进行各个实验,其中振荡频率从1.0Hz降至0.1Hz,和/或其中温度增加速率从约2℃/分钟升至约10℃/分钟。这些修改不明显地影响所观测到的样品的热流变特性。Experiments were performed in which the oscillation frequency was reduced from 1.0 Hz to 0.1 Hz, and/or in which the temperature increase rate was increased from about 2° C./min to about 10° C./min. These modifications did not significantly affect the observed thermorheological properties of the samples.

热流变结果Thermo-rheological results

图4A提供对于包括本发明的油墨制剂的各个油墨制剂的残膜来说,动态粘度随温度而变的温度扫描曲线。所提供的二十条曲线对应于实施例编号1-4、7-15、18、20、23、24、28、31以及33的油墨制剂的经干燥的油墨残渣,并且粘度轴从1·106cP跨越到1·109cP。经干燥的油墨残渣是使用下文所提供的干燥程序而获得。FIG4A provides temperature sweep curves showing the dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for the residual films of various ink formulations, including the ink formulations of the present invention. The twenty curves provided correspond to dried ink residues of the ink formulations of Examples 1-4, 7-15, 18, 20, 23, 24, 28, 31, and 33, with the viscosity axis spanning from 1.10 6 cP to 1.10 9 cP. The dried ink residues were obtained using the drying procedure provided below.

如上文所描述,可能有利的是在50℃至55℃的温度范围内经干燥的油墨残渣展现至少7·107cP的动态粘度。经干燥的油墨残渣可以有利地展现至少8·107cP、至少9·107cP、至少1·108cP或至少1.5·108cP的动态粘度。在这些粘度和温度下,残膜可以展示对印刷基材的良好粘着,同时表面粘性足够低,以防止粘着到其他表面。As described above, it may be advantageous for the dried ink residue to exhibit a dynamic viscosity of at least 7.10 7 cP at a temperature range of 50° C. to 55° C. The dried ink residue may advantageously exhibit a dynamic viscosity of at least 8.10 7 cP, at least 9.10 7 cP, at least 1.10 8 cP, or at least 1.5.10 8 cP. At these viscosities and temperatures, the residual film may exhibit good adhesion to the printed substrate while having a sufficiently low surface tack to prevent adhesion to other surfaces.

绘制于图4A中的第一矩形窗口(W1)示出了在温度扫描范围内在60℃至约87.5℃下适合于经干燥的油墨残渣的粘度。本发明人已经发现在低温下展现良好转移特性的残膜一般展示属于该窗口内的温度扫描粘度曲线。The first rectangular window (W1) plotted in FIG4A shows the viscosity suitable for dried ink residues within the temperature sweep range of 60° C. to about 87.5° C. The inventors have found that residual films exhibiting good transfer characteristics at low temperatures generally exhibit temperature sweep viscosity curves that fall within this window.

也绘制于图4A中的矩形窗口(W2)示出了在温度扫描范围内在50℃至55℃下适合于经干燥的油墨残渣的粘度。当然,经干燥的油墨残渣可以有利地具有超过所述曲线的上界的粘度,即,1·109cP。4A shows a suitable viscosity for dried ink residue at 50° C. to 55° C. over the temperature sweep range. Of course, the dried ink residue may advantageously have a viscosity exceeding the upper limit of the curve, i.e., 1·10 9 cP.

在本发明的油墨膜构造中以及在本发明的油墨制剂中,对于残膜来说,动态粘度随温度而变的温度扫描曲线可能属于两个窗口(W1,W2)。In the ink film construction of the present invention and in the ink formulation of the present invention, the temperature sweep curve of the dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for the residual film may belong to two windows (W1, W2).

图4B提供对于含有各种聚酯树脂的本发明油墨制剂的经干燥油墨残渣来说,动态粘度随温度而变的温度扫描曲线。所提供的曲线对应于实施例编号34-39的油墨制剂的经干燥的油墨残渣,并且粘度轴从1·107cP跨越到1·108cP以放大所关注的区域。经干燥的油墨残渣是使用下文所提供的干燥程序而获得。Figure 4B provides a temperature sweep plot of dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for dried ink residues of ink formulations of the present invention containing various polyester resins. The provided curves correspond to dried ink residues of ink formulations of Examples 34-39, with the viscosity axis spanning from 1.10⁷ cP to 1.10⁸ cP to magnify the region of interest. The dried ink residues were obtained using the drying procedure provided below.

在本发明的油墨膜构造中以及在本发明的油墨制剂中,对于含有基于聚酯的树脂的残膜来说,动态粘度随温度而变的温度扫描曲线可能属于两个窗口(W1,W2),两者以截短形式在图4B中示出。In the ink film constructions of the present invention and in the ink formulations of the present invention, the temperature sweep curve of the dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for a residual film containing a polyester-based resin may fall into two windows (W1, W2), both of which are shown in truncated form in FIG. 4B .

使用图5这可以更清楚地得到证实,该图提供对于各个油墨制剂的代表性经干燥油墨残渣来说,动态粘度随温度而变的温度扫描曲线,其中一些提供于图4A和4B中。在图顶部左手边的角落附近,(实施例16的制剂#16的)残渣#16的温度扫描以约1·109cP的粘度穿过W2。在55℃以上的温度下,残渣#16的粘度单调地下降。然而,斜率(或负斜率)远不足以使残渣#16的热流变曲线穿过W1。类似地,残渣#19(来自实施例19)的温度扫描似乎以1·109cP以上的粘度穿过W2。在55℃以上的温度下,残渣#19的粘度比残渣#16的粘度更急剧地下降。然而,斜率仍不足以使残渣#19的热流变曲线穿过W1。然而,残渣#16与残渣#19均穿过W’(未图示),其为加宽、放大型式的W1,其中所述窗口延伸至100℃、105℃或110℃,并且向上达到7·107cP、1·108cP、2·108cP或3·108cP。该区域的W’是所关注的,并且可以借助于本文所公开的系统、工艺以及油墨制剂而加以利用。This is more clearly demonstrated using Figure 5, which provides temperature sweep curves of dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for representative dried ink residues from various ink formulations, some of which are provided in Figures 4A and 4B. Near the top left-hand corner of the figure, the temperature sweep of Residue #16 (Formulation #16 of Example 16) passes through W2 at a viscosity of approximately 1.109 cP. Above 55°C, the viscosity of Residue #16 decreases monotonically. However, the slope (or negative slope) is far from sufficient to allow the thermorheological curve of Residue #16 to pass through W1. Similarly, the temperature sweep of Residue #19 (from Example 19) appears to pass through W2 at a viscosity above 1.109 cP. Above 55°C, the viscosity of Residue #19 decreases more sharply than that of Residue #16. However, the slope is still insufficient to allow the thermorheological curve of Residue #19 to pass through W1. However, both residue #16 and residue #19 pass through W' (not shown), which is a widened, enlarged version of W1, where the window extends to 100° C., 105° C., or 110° C., and upwards to 7.10 7 cP, 1.10 8 cP, 2.10 8 cP, or 3.10 8 cP. This region of W' is of interest and can be exploited with the systems, processes, and ink formulations disclosed herein.

残渣#2(来自提供于实施例2中的本发明油墨制剂)的温度以接近于1·109cP的粘度扫描穿过W2,并且在55℃以上的温度下,粘度单调地下降。然而,与先前的实施例所展现的热流变特性相比之下,斜率无疑足以使残渣#2的热流变曲线穿过W1。The temperature of Residue #2 (from the inventive ink formulation provided in Example 2) sweeps through W2 with a viscosity close to 1·10 9 cP, and the viscosity decreases monotonically above 55° C. However, in contrast to the thermorheological behavior exhibited by the previous examples, the slope is clearly sufficient for the thermorheological curve of Residue #2 to pass through W1.

残渣#34(来自提供于实施例34中的本发明油墨制剂)的温度扫描以约7·107cP的粘度穿过W2,并且在55℃以上的温度下,粘度单调地下降。然而,对于残渣#2和残渣#19来说斜率是低的。The temperature sweep of Residue #34 (from the inventive ink formulation provided in Example 34) passes through W2 at a viscosity of approximately 7·10 7 cP, and the viscosity decreases monotonically above 55° C. However, the slope is low for Residue #2 and Residue #19.

现参考残渣#8(来自提供于实施例8中的本发明油墨制剂),温度扫描以接近2·108cP的粘度穿过W2。在55℃以上的温度下,粘度单调地下降,斜率类似于残渣#2。温度扫描穿过W2的中心区域。Referring now to Residue #8 (from the inventive ink formulation provided in Example 8), the temperature sweep passes through W2 at a viscosity close to 2·10 8 cP. Above 55°C, the viscosity decreases monotonically with a slope similar to Residue #2. The temperature sweep passes through the central region of W2.

类似于残渣#8,残渣#7(来自提供于实施例7中的本发明油墨制剂)的温度扫描以约2·108cP的粘度穿过W2。在55℃以上的温度下,粘度急剧地下降,使得扫描在底部左手边的角度附近穿过W1,从而在约70℃下获得1·106cP的粘度。Similar to Residue #8, the temperature scan of Residue #7 (from the inventive ink formulation provided in Example 7) passed through W2 at a viscosity of approximately 2.10 8 cP. Above 55°C, the viscosity dropped sharply, causing the scan to pass through W1 near the bottom left-hand angle, resulting in a viscosity of 1.10 6 cP at approximately 70°C.

残渣#15(来自提供于实施例15中的油墨制剂)的温度扫描的斜率类似于残渣#7,然而残渣在低温下具有足够高的流动性,使得温度扫描落于W1与W2的边界外部。The slope of the temperature sweep for Residue #15 (from the ink formulation provided in Example 15) is similar to that of Residue #7, however the residue has sufficiently high fluidity at low temperatures that the temperature sweep falls outside the boundary of W1 and W2.

残渣#14(来自提供于实施例14中的油墨制剂)的温度扫描穿过W1,但在50℃至55℃的较低温度下,未能产生根据本发明的经干燥的油墨残渣所必需的粘度。The temperature sweep of residue #14 (from the ink formulation provided in Example 14) passed through W1 but failed to produce the necessary viscosity for a dried ink residue according to the present invention at the lower temperatures of 50-55°C.

图6提供对于本发明的油墨制剂的代表性经干燥油墨残渣与若干可商购的喷墨油墨的经干燥油墨残渣来说,动态粘度随温度而变的温度扫描曲线。本发明油墨制剂2、7以及8的经干燥的油墨残渣是上文中参考图5所描述的那些;残渣#35是通过干燥提供于实施例35中的本发明油墨制剂而获得。可商购的喷墨油墨是Canon,Epson,HP和Toyo的黑色油墨,并且相应地加以标记。Figure 6 provides temperature sweep plots of dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for representative dried ink residues of an inventive ink formulation and dried ink residues of several commercially available inkjet inks. The dried ink residues of inventive ink formulations 2, 7, and 8 are those described above with reference to Figure 5; residue #35 was obtained by drying the inventive ink formulation provided in Example 35. The commercially available inkjet inks are black inks from Canon, Epson, HP, and Toyo and are labeled accordingly.

从这些曲线以及从这些粘度的量值显而易见,在整个所测量的温度范围内,各种现有技术油墨制剂的经干燥油墨残渣不展现或基本上不展现流动特性。在现有技术制剂的一些曲线中在极高粘度下观测到的峰值将似乎不具有物理意义。显著地,在60℃至87.5℃的温度范围内,所有现有技术残膜展现超过1·1010cP的最小粘度,超过W2的顶部边界5·107cP两个半级数的量值。It is evident from these curves and the viscosity values that the dried ink residues of various prior art ink formulations exhibit no or essentially no flow properties across the entire measured temperature range. The peaks observed at very high viscosities in some of the curves for the prior art formulations appear to have no physical significance. Notably, within the temperature range of 60°C to 87.5°C, all prior art film residues exhibit minimum viscosities exceeding 1.10 10 cP, exceeding the upper limit of W2, 5.10 7 cP, by more than two and a half orders of magnitude.

在实践中,本发明的发明人成功地转移所有本发明油墨残渣到印刷基材,但甚至在加热到160℃以上之后也未能转移现有技术油墨膜中的任一者到印刷基材。In practice, the inventors of the present invention successfully transferred all of the inventive ink residues to a printed substrate, but were unable to transfer any of the prior art ink films to a printed substrate even after heating to above 160°C.

如先前实施例中所描述制备的油墨制剂到印刷基材的可转移性是如下评定:将正在测试的制剂在预加热到典型地在70℃与130℃之间的预定表面温度的热板上施加于约20cm x 30cm尺寸的印刷橡皮布的外表面,在70℃与90℃之间的范围内是特别关注的。除非另外说明,否则该表面包含硅醇封端的聚二甲基-硅氧烷硅酮(PDMS)释放层。将一般包含0.3wt.%聚乙烯亚胺(1:100水稀释的PS;PEI)水溶液的调节溶液人工通过用该溶液湿润Statitech 100%聚酯无尘布并且擦拭释放层表面而施加于释放层表面。然后,使调节溶液在经加热的橡皮布上自然干燥,并且使用可获自Extech Instruments的IR温度计双波长激光器监测释放层的温度。除非另外说明,否则标准可转移性实验是在90℃下进行。The transferability of ink formulations prepared as described in the previous examples to a printed substrate was assessed as follows: the formulation being tested was applied to the outer surface of a printing blanket approximately 20 cm x 30 cm in size on a hot plate preheated to a predetermined surface temperature typically between 70°C and 130°C, with temperatures between 70°C and 90°C being of particular interest. Unless otherwise specified, the surface comprised a silanol-terminated polydimethylsiloxane silicone (PDMS) release layer. A conditioning solution, typically comprising a 0.3 wt.% aqueous solution of polyethyleneimine (1:100 water-diluted PS; PEI), was manually applied to the release layer surface by wetting a Statitech 100% polyester dust-free cloth with the solution and wiping the release layer surface. The conditioning solution was then allowed to dry naturally on the heated blanket, and the temperature of the release layer was monitored using an IR thermometer dual-wavelength laser available from Extech Instruments. Unless otherwise specified, standard transferability experiments were conducted at 90°C.

其后,施加油墨制剂(例如约1-2ml)并且在经加热并且任选经预调节的橡皮布的表面上使用涂布杆(例如Mayer棒)弄平,从而产生具有约24微米的特征厚度的湿层。将如此形成的油墨膜以热空气(在约200℃下)干燥直到目测干燥。在仍然热时将干燥膜转移到所希望的印刷基材,如Condat135gsm涂布纸、平面办公室印刷机未涂布纸以及聚酯的塑料箔。将基材放在重1.5kg的金属辊的表面,并且在经干燥的油墨滚动,在施加等效于10kg力的人工压力的同时进行转移。将滚筒以一定的步速滚动,以使得印刷基材在约1秒内接触1cm的经干燥油墨。Thereafter, the ink formulation (e.g., about 1-2 ml) is applied and smoothed using a coating rod (e.g., a Mayer rod) on the surface of a heated and optionally preconditioned rubber blanket, resulting in a wet layer with a characteristic thickness of about 24 microns. The ink film thus formed is dried with hot air (at about 200° C.) until visually dry. While still hot, the dried film is transferred to the desired printing substrate, such as Condat 135 gsm coated paper, flat office printer uncoated paper, and polyester plastic foil. The substrate is placed on the surface of a metal roller weighing 1.5 kg and rolled over with the dried ink, applying a manual pressure equivalent to a force of 10 kg. The roller is rolled at a pace such that the printed substrate contacts 1 cm of dried ink in about 1 second.

目测评定经转移的图像的质量并且分配0至5的得分或等级。得分0表明少于20%的经干燥油墨膜的面积被转移到印刷基材,等级1表明20%与40%之间的经干燥油墨面积被转移,等级2表明40%与60%之间的经干燥油墨面积被转移,等级3表明60%与80%之间的经干燥油墨面积被转移,等级4则表明在80%与95%之间,而等级5表明超过95%的经干燥油墨面积被转移到印刷基材。还观测了释放层的表面,尤其如果不完全转移的话。可以观测到两种主要类型的不完全转移:(a)部分转移,其中仅一部分的图象转移到印刷基材,而互补部分保留在橡皮布上;以及(b)分开转移,其中转移到基材的油墨图像和保留在橡皮布上的油墨至少部分重叠。从橡皮布转移的程度是通过向印刷橡皮布的表面施加透明胶带并且随后从其剥离来评估。转移到胶带的经干燥油墨(如果有的话)的面积被认为基本上对应于保留在橡皮布上的未转移的油墨的面积。分配0至5的得分来估计保留在橡皮布上的经干燥油墨的面积百分比。得分5表明少于5%的经干燥油墨保留在橡皮布上,得分4.5表明多达10%的油墨图像保留在橡皮布上,得分4表明多达20%的油墨图像保留在橡皮布上,得分3意味着多达40%,得分2意味着多达60%,得分1意味着多达80%,而得分0意味着多达100%的经干燥油墨保留在橡皮布上。应当注意,如果油墨制剂仅部分转移,那么印刷基材上和橡皮布上的的面积百分比总和高达约100%±5-10%。然而,有可能的是如果转移到基材与保留在橡皮布上的图像之间完全分开,那么两个值的总和产生高达200%的经干燥油墨面积。部分转移与部分分开的组合也是可能的,并且因此被报导。如果可转移性得分或评估(转移到印刷基材)是至少4.5,并且优选是5,未转移油墨得分是至少4.5,并且优选是5,那么油墨被认为适合于在特定温度下从经选定调节剂处理(必要时)的特定橡皮布转移。总可转移性等级是通过将转移和未转移油墨的两个得分求和并且除以10而产生。满分产生1.0的等级。The quality of the transferred image was assessed visually and assigned a score or rating from 0 to 5. A score of 0 indicates that less than 20% of the area of the dried ink film was transferred to the printed substrate, a rating of 1 indicates that between 20% and 40% of the dried ink area was transferred, a rating of 2 indicates that between 40% and 60% of the dried ink area was transferred, a rating of 3 indicates that between 60% and 80% of the dried ink area was transferred, a rating of 4 indicates between 80% and 95%, and a rating of 5 indicates that more than 95% of the dried ink area was transferred to the printed substrate. The surface of the release layer was also observed, especially if the transfer was incomplete. Two main types of incomplete transfer can be observed: (a) partial transfer, in which only a portion of the image is transferred to the printed substrate, while a complementary portion remains on the blanket; and (b) split transfer, in which the ink image transferred to the substrate and the ink remaining on the blanket at least partially overlap. The extent of transfer from the blanket was assessed by applying a scotch tape to the surface of the printing blanket and then peeling it away. The area of dried ink transferred to the tape (if any) is considered to substantially correspond to the area of untransferred ink remaining on the blanket. A score of 0 to 5 is assigned to estimate the percentage area of dried ink remaining on the blanket. A score of 5 indicates that less than 5% of the dried ink remains on the blanket, a score of 4.5 indicates that up to 10% of the ink image remains on the blanket, a score of 4 indicates that up to 20% of the ink image remains on the blanket, a score of 3 means up to 40%, a score of 2 means up to 60%, a score of 1 means up to 80%, and a score of 0 means that up to 100% of the dried ink remains on the blanket. It should be noted that if the ink formulation is only partially transferred, the sum of the area percentages on the printed substrate and on the blanket can be as high as approximately 100% ± 5-10%. However, it is possible that if there is a complete separation between the image transferred to the substrate and the image remaining on the blanket, the sum of the two values will produce a dried ink area of up to 200%. Combinations of partial transfer and partial separation are also possible and are reported accordingly. If the transferability score or assessment (transferred to the printing substrate) is at least 4.5, and preferably 5, and the untransferred ink score is at least 4.5, and preferably 5, then the ink is considered suitable for transfer from a specific blanket treated with a selected conditioning agent (if necessary) at a specific temperature. The overall transferability rating is generated by summing the two scores for transferred and untransferred ink and dividing by 10. A perfect score yields a rating of 1.0.

在表面上的面积百分比可以由受过训练的操纵员以足够的确实性目测评定以分配上述评估结果。如有必要,可以通过打印头将油墨喷射到橡皮布来沉积测试图像,从而促成在所关注的操作条件下对油墨可转移性的更定量的评定。这可以例如通过高分辨率扫描印刷图像并且通过适当的图像捕获和分析程序对扫描件进行图像分析来实现。The percentage area on the surface can be visually assessed with sufficient certainty by a trained operator to assign the above-mentioned evaluation result. If necessary, a test image can be deposited by ejecting ink onto a blanket via a print head, thereby facilitating a more quantitative assessment of the ink transferability under the operating conditions of interest. This can be achieved, for example, by scanning the printed image at high resolution and performing image analysis on the scan using an appropriate image capture and analysis program.

典型地,本发明的油墨制剂实现至少0.9并且更典型地0.95或1.0的总可转移性等级。Typically, the ink formulations of the present invention achieve an overall transferability rating of at least 0.9 and more typically 0.95 or 1.0.

在一些实施方案中,沉积(例如人工或通过喷射)在加热到90℃并且经PEI处理的PDMS释放层上的根据本发明教示的油墨制剂在释放层上干燥时可以将至少90%的经干燥油墨图像面积、至少95%、至少97.5%、至少99%或基本上所有的图像面积转移到经涂布的纤维印刷基材。In some embodiments, an ink formulation according to the teachings of the present invention deposited (e.g., manually or by jetting) onto a PDMS release layer heated to 90° C. and treated with PEI can transfer at least 90% of the dried ink image area, at least 95%, at least 97.5%, at least 99%, or substantially all of the image area to a coated fibrous printing substrate when dried on the release layer.

在一些实施方案中,沉积于加热到90℃并且经PEI处理的PDMS释放层上的根据本发明教示的油墨制剂在释放层上干燥时可以将至少90%的经干燥图像面积或至少95%或至少97.5%或至少99%或基本上所有的图像面积转移到未经涂布的纤维印刷基材。In some embodiments, an ink formulation according to the teachings of the present invention deposited on a PDMS release layer heated to 90° C. and treated with PEI can transfer at least 90% of the dried image area, or at least 95%, or at least 97.5%, or at least 99%, or substantially all of the image area to an uncoated fibrous printing substrate when dried on the release layer.

在一些实施方案中,沉积于加热到90℃并且经PEI处理的PDMS释放层上的根据本发明教示的油墨制剂在释放层上干燥时可以将至少90%的经干燥图像面积或至少95%或至少97.5%或至少99%或基本上所有的图像面积转移到塑料印刷基材。In some embodiments, an ink formulation according to the teachings of the present invention deposited on a PDMS release layer heated to 90° C. and treated with PEI can transfer at least 90% of the dried image area, or at least 95%, or at least 97.5%, or at least 99%, or substantially all of the image area to a plastic printing substrate when dried on the release layer.

在一些实施方案中,沉积于加热到90℃并且经PEI处理的PDMS释放层上的根据本发明教示的油墨制剂可以转移到经涂布的纤维印刷基材或未经涂布的纤维印刷基材或塑料印刷基材,使得不转移到基材的经干燥油墨图像的面积是至多5%、至多2.5%、至多1%、至多0.5%或基本上0%。对于每个制剂,可转移性评估是针对每种转移温度和/或印刷基材进行至少三次。在各实验之间,将橡皮布的释放层的表面用异丙醇(工业级)和不起毛的擦布进行清洁。所报导的结果对应于在相同实验条件下的多次重复的平均值。In some embodiments, an ink formulation according to the teachings of the present invention deposited on a PDMS release layer heated to 90° C. and treated with PEI can be transferred to a coated fibrous printing substrate, an uncoated fibrous printing substrate, or a plastic printing substrate such that the area of the dried ink image that is not transferred to the substrate is at most 5%, at most 2.5%, at most 1%, at most 0.5%, or substantially 0%. For each formulation, transferability evaluations were performed at least three times for each transfer temperature and/or printing substrate. Between each experiment, the surface of the release layer of the blanket was cleaned with isopropyl alcohol (technical grade) and a lint-free wipe. The reported results correspond to the average of multiple replicates under the same experimental conditions.

软化剂softener

本发明人已经发现可以向根据本发明的油墨制剂中引入某些软化剂。在本发明油墨制剂的一些实施方案中,添加这些软化剂可以实现在低温下特有地展现不良流动性的各种树脂的用途。The present inventors have discovered that certain softening agents can be incorporated into the ink formulations according to the present invention. In some embodiments of the present ink formulations, the addition of these softening agents can enable the use of various resins that characteristically exhibit poor flow properties at low temperatures.

如本文所描述,本发明人已经研发出一种用于产生油墨膜构造的系统和工艺以及适合于它们的油墨制剂,其中干油墨膜从中间转移构件转移到印刷基材是在低温下进行,所述低温视与基材接触的持续时间和/或基材的温度而定可以在60℃与140℃之间,对于在室温(大约23℃)下接触油墨膜持续短的持续时间(例如少于100毫秒)的印刷基材来说,典型地在这一范围的较高端,例如在100℃与130℃之间,并且对于接触橡皮布上的油墨膜持续足以减小接触表面之间的温度梯度的时间(例如几秒)的印刷基材来说,典型地在该范围的较低端,例如在60℃与100℃之间。其他因素可能影响最佳转移温度,其可尤其取决于正在使用的印刷系统、橡皮布释放层和调节溶液(如果有的话)的组成、油墨和基材的性质、其接触停留时间,在压印站点所施加的压力等。As described herein, the present inventors have developed a system and process for producing ink film constructions, and ink formulations suitable therefor, in which the transfer of a dry ink film from an intermediate transfer member to a printing substrate is performed at a low temperature, which can be between 60° C. and 140° C., depending on the duration of contact with the substrate and/or the temperature of the substrate, typically at the higher end of this range, e.g., between 100° C. and 130° C., for a printing substrate in contact with the ink film for a short duration (e.g., less than 100 milliseconds) at room temperature (approximately 23° C.), and typically at the lower end of this range, e.g., between 60° C. and 100° C., for a printing substrate in contact with the ink film on a blanket for a time sufficient to reduce the temperature gradient between the contacting surfaces (e.g., a few seconds). Other factors may influence the optimal transfer temperature, which may depend, among other things, on the printing system being used, the composition of the blanket release layer and conditioning solution (if any), the properties of the ink and substrate, their contact dwell time, the pressure applied at the imprint station, etc.

在本文公开的印刷系统中,在成像站点处在油墨制剂沉积于转移构件上的位置处可以使用40℃至100℃或70℃至90℃的温度,在该阶段油墨需要足够固持于释放层的表面。另外,油墨制剂需要在印刷头温度下并且更具体地说在喷嘴板温度下是可喷射的。典型地,印刷头在约20℃与约50℃之间或约25℃与约40℃之间的温度下操作。In the printing systems disclosed herein, temperatures of 40°C to 100°C or 70°C to 90°C can be used at the imaging station where the ink formulation is deposited on the transfer member. The ink needs to be sufficiently fixed to the surface of the release layer at this stage. Furthermore, the ink formulation needs to be jettable at the printhead temperature, and more specifically, at the nozzle plate temperature. Typically, the printhead operates at temperatures between about 20°C and about 50°C, or between about 25°C and about 40°C.

虽然这种低温干式转移存在各种优点(例如节能),但也存在显著的缺点。举例来说,一种显而易见的设计约束条件在于聚合树脂或粘合剂需要被软化,以能够在这些温度下实现干式转移。因此,经印刷的油墨图像或油墨膜构造的各种机械性质可能被损害。抗磨性可能是不良的,并且经印刷的图像甚至在接近周围的条件下(例如在暴露于日光的车辆中)也可能变得有粘性。While this low-temperature dry transfer offers various advantages (e.g., energy savings), it also presents significant disadvantages. For example, one obvious design constraint is that the polymeric resin or adhesive needs to be softened to enable dry transfer at these temperatures. Consequently, various mechanical properties of the printed ink image or ink film construction may be compromised. Abrasion resistance may be poor, and the printed image may become tacky even in near-ambient conditions (e.g., in a vehicle exposed to sunlight).

干式转移可能需要在油墨膜的初始转移温度与膜在接触相对冷的印刷基材之后的温度之间的粘度(Δη)的显著增加。本发明人已经发现低温干式转移工艺可能需要类似的实质性Δη。此外,本发明人已经进一步发现,由于相对于更高温度的干式转移工艺,现在膜的初始转移温度降低,所以可用于实现转移的ΔT可以明显地降低。在一些情况下,已经发现这使得油墨膜在转移期间分开和/或所印刷的油墨膜产品柔软性或流动性过度。Dry transfer can require a significant increase in viscosity (Δη) between the initial transfer temperature of the ink film and the temperature of the film after contacting a relatively cold print substrate. The inventors have discovered that low-temperature dry transfer processes can require a similarly substantial Δη. Moreover, the inventors have further discovered that because the initial transfer temperature of the film is now lowered relative to higher-temperature dry transfer processes, the ΔT available for achieving transfer can be significantly reduced. In some cases, this has been found to cause the ink film to separate during transfer and/or result in excessive softness or flowability of the printed ink film product.

具有相对高的Tg的树脂在这些低温下可以展现高粘度,从而基本上阻止向印刷基材的适当转移。如下文所解释,当油墨膜具有低总厚度(例如2.5μm以下),从而导致在膜厚度中的快速冷却并且缩短期间油墨膜粘度将适合于转移的时间窗口时,这个问题是尤其相关的。因此,尽管这些高Tg树脂具有有利的机械特性,但是它们可能高度不适合用于低温干式转移工艺,更不用说薄的根据本发明教示的油墨膜了。Resins with relatively high Tg can exhibit high viscosities at these low temperatures, substantially preventing proper transfer to the printing substrate. As explained below, this problem is particularly relevant when the ink film has a low overall thickness (e.g., 2.5 μm or less), resulting in rapid cooling within the film thickness and shortening the time window during which the ink film viscosity is suitable for transfer. Thus, while these high Tg resins have favorable mechanical properties, they may be highly unsuitable for use in low-temperature dry transfer processes, let alone thin ink films according to the teachings of the present invention.

本发明人已经发现,可以将软化剂引入含有各种高Tg树脂的油墨制剂中,要不是高Tg特性这些油墨制剂将适合于低温油墨膜转移。在这些本发明制剂中,树脂可以足够硬度,以即使当在印刷头附近的橡皮布温度是40℃-50℃或略微更高时也抑制或很大程度上抑制喷墨印刷头堵塞。The present inventors have discovered that softening agents can be incorporated into ink formulations containing various high Tg resins that would otherwise be suitable for low temperature ink film transfer. In these inventive formulations, the resins can be sufficiently hard to inhibit or largely inhibit inkjet printhead clogging even when the blanket temperature near the printhead is 40°C-50°C or slightly higher.

软化剂可以明显地改善纯树脂的流动性以及在干油墨残渣的情况下经干燥的油墨固体的流动性。软化剂可以被选择并且以适合的比例添加,以实现高Tg树脂和/或含有高Tg树脂的经干燥油墨固体的粘度的显著降低。在60C与110C之间,相对于在没有软化剂情况下的相同的高Tg树脂或经干燥油墨固体粘度可以降低至少20%、至少35%、至少50%、至少75%或至少100%。在许多情况下,粘度降低至少150%、至少200%或至少300%。Softeners can significantly improve the flowability of neat resins, as well as the flowability of dried ink solids in the presence of dry ink residue. Softeners can be selected and added in suitable proportions to achieve a significant reduction in the viscosity of high-Tg resins and/or dried ink solids containing them. Between 60°C and 110°C, the viscosity can be reduced by at least 20%, at least 35%, at least 50%, at least 75%, or at least 100% relative to the same high-Tg resin or dried ink solids without the softener. In many cases, the viscosity reduction is at least 150%, at least 200%, or at least 300%.

所选择的软化剂可以具有足够低的蒸气压,以使得在已经对油墨进行蒸发和加热之后,软化剂保留或很大程度上保留在干油墨膜中。因此,在150℃下,至少一种软化剂的蒸气压可以是至多1.0kPa、至多0.8kPa、至多0.7kPa、至多0.6kPa或至多0.5kPa。然而,在一些实施方案中,本发明人已经发现有利的是蒸气压甚至更低:至多0.40kPa、至多0.35kPa、至多0.25kPa、至多0.20kPa、至多0.15kPa、至多0.12kPa、至多0.10kPa、至多0.08kPa、至多0.06kPa或至多0.05kPa。The softening agent selected may have a sufficiently low vapor pressure such that after the ink has been evaporated and heated, the softening agent remains or remains largely in the dry ink film. Thus, at 150° C., the vapor pressure of the at least one softening agent may be at most 1.0 kPa, at most 0.8 kPa, at most 0.7 kPa, at most 0.6 kPa, or at most 0.5 kPa. However, in some embodiments, the inventors have found that it is advantageous for the vapor pressure to be even lower: at most 0.40 kPa, at most 0.35 kPa, at most 0.25 kPa, at most 0.20 kPa, at most 0.15 kPa, at most 0.12 kPa, at most 0.10 kPa, at most 0.08 kPa, at most 0.06 kPa, or at most 0.05 kPa.

举例来说,这些低蒸气压可以明显地稳定油墨制剂的各种特性,并且或许最值得注意的是,使得经干燥的油墨膜甚至在连续加热膜(例如在ITM上)至少一小时、至少六小时、至少24个小时或至少3天的过程中也能够保留或很大程度上保留其可转移特性。For example, these low vapor pressures can significantly stabilize various properties of the ink formulation and, perhaps most notably, enable the dried ink film to retain or largely retain its transferable properties even during continued heating of the film (e.g., on an ITM) for at least one hour, at least six hours, at least 24 hours, or at least three days.

本发明人已经发现向本发明油墨制剂中引入这些软化剂可能损害所印刷的图像的各种机械特性。抗磨性可能降低,并且印刷图像可能在35℃-45℃的接近周围的温度下变得有粘性。然而,本发明人已经进一步发现,这些有害倾向可以通过以下中的至少一者明显地得到缓和:The present inventors have discovered that the introduction of these softeners into the ink formulations of the present invention may impair various mechanical properties of the printed image. Abrasion resistance may be reduced, and the printed image may become tacky at near-ambient temperatures of 35°C-45°C. However, the present inventors have further discovered that these detrimental tendencies can be significantly mitigated by at least one of the following:

·将软化剂与高Tg树脂的重量比限制为至多1、至多0.50、至多0.40、至多0.30、至多0.20、至多0.17、至多0.15、至多0.12或至多0.10;Limiting the weight ratio of softener to high Tg resin to at most 1, at most 0.50, at most 0.40, at most 0.30, at most 0.20, at most 0.17, at most 0.15, at most 0.12, or at most 0.10;

·将软化剂与总树脂含量的重量比限制为至多0.25、至多0.20、至多0.15、至多0.12、至多0.10、至多0.08或至多0.06;limiting the weight ratio of softener to total resin content to at most 0.25, at most 0.20, at most 0.15, at most 0.12, at most 0.10, at most 0.08, or at most 0.06;

·将软化剂与总固体含量的重量比限制为至多0.20、至多0.15、至多0.12、至多0.10、至多0.08、至多0.06、至多0.05或至多0.04。• Limit the weight ratio of softener to total solids content to at most 0.20, at most 0.15, at most 0.12, at most 0.10, at most 0.08, at most 0.06, at most 0.05, or at most 0.04.

典型地,软化剂与高Tg树脂的重量比是至少0.02、至少0.04、至少0.06、至少0.08、至少0.10、至少0.12、至少0.15或至少0.20。软化剂与总树脂含量的重量比可以是至少0.01、至少0.02、至少0.03、至少0.04、至少0.06、至少0.08、至少0.10或至少0.12。软化剂与总固体含量的重量比可以是至少0.01、至少0.02、至少0.03、至少0.04、至少0.06、至少0.08或至少0.10。Typically, the weight ratio of the softener to the high Tg resin is at least 0.02, at least 0.04, at least 0.06, at least 0.08, at least 0.10, at least 0.12, at least 0.15, or at least 0.20. The weight ratio of the softener to the total resin content can be at least 0.01, at least 0.02, at least 0.03, at least 0.04, at least 0.06, at least 0.08, at least 0.10, or at least 0.12. The weight ratio of the softener to the total solids content can be at least 0.01, at least 0.02, at least 0.03, at least 0.04, at least 0.06, at least 0.08, or at least 0.10.

这些量的软化剂仍然是实质性的,并且可能预期更严重地影响印刷图像的机械特性。尽管如此,本发明人已经令人惊讶地发现印刷图像的各种受影响的机械特性仍可以保持在适合的范围内。不希望受理论限制,本发明人相信这种现象可能至少部分是可归因于使用本文所描述的系统和工艺所获得的特有地薄油墨膜。这些薄的油墨膜可以具有至多2.5微米(μm)或至多2.0μm并且更典型地至多1.8μm、至多1.6μm、至多1.4μm、至多1.2μm、至多1.0μm、至多0.8μm或至多0.6μm的平均膜厚度。These amounts of softener are still substantial and might be expected to more severely affect the mechanical properties of the printed image. Despite this, the inventors have surprisingly discovered that various affected mechanical properties of the printed image can still be maintained within suitable ranges. Without wishing to be bound by theory, the inventors believe that this phenomenon may be at least partially attributable to the uniquely thin ink films obtained using the systems and processes described herein. These thin ink films may have an average film thickness of at most 2.5 micrometers (μm) or at most 2.0 μm, and more typically at most 1.8 μm, at most 1.6 μm, at most 1.4 μm, at most 1.2 μm, at most 1.0 μm, at most 0.8 μm, or at most 0.6 μm.

虽然本领域的一般技术人员可以鉴定可以尤其适合于特定树脂化学的化学家族或群组,但是本发明人已经发现特定化学家族,其成员可以充当多种有机聚合树脂的有效软化剂。这些家族包括:低蒸气压酯,更具体地说是脱水山梨醇、聚氧乙烯脱水山梨醇和聚山梨醇酯;以及低蒸气压醚,更具体地说是聚乙二醇。示例性化合物是聚氧乙烯脱水山梨醇单月桂酸酯、聚氧乙烯脱水山梨醇单棕榈酸酯、聚氧乙烯脱水山梨醇单硬脂酸酯、聚氧乙烯脱水山梨醇三硬酯酸酯、聚氧乙烯脱水山梨醇单油酸酯、聚氧乙烯脱水山梨醇三油酸酯、脱水山梨醇单月桂酸酯、脱水山梨醇硬脂酸盐、脱水山梨醇三硬酯酸酯、脱水山梨醇单油酸酯、脱水山梨醇三油酸酯以及在室温下呈固体形式的中至高MW PEG。这些物质是以例如以下形式可商购的:20、40、60、65、80、85、20、60、65、80、85、PEG 8,000以及PEG 20,000。While one of ordinary skill in the art can identify chemical families or groups that may be particularly suitable for a particular resin chemistry, the present inventors have discovered specific chemical families whose members can act as effective softeners for a variety of organic polymeric resins. These families include: low vapor pressure esters, more specifically sorbitan, polyoxyethylene sorbitan, and polysorbates; and low vapor pressure ethers, more specifically polyethylene glycol. Exemplary compounds are polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monopalmitate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan trioleate, sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan stearate, sorbitan tristearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan trioleate, and medium to high MW PEGs that are solid at room temperature. These materials are commercially available in the following forms, for example: 20, 40, 60, 65, 80, 85, 20, 60, 65, 80, 85, PEG 8,000 and PEG 20,000.

这些软化剂可以尤其适合于选自以下的树脂:丙烯酸聚合物、丙烯酸苯乙烯共聚物、苯乙烯聚合物以及聚酯。示例性化合物是以以下形式可商购的:90、530、537E、538、631、1158、1180、1680E、1908、1925、2038、2157、Eco 2189、LMV 7051、8055、8060、8064、8067所有基于丙烯酸的聚合物可购自BASF;7150、XP2607以及F-37070,所有基于聚酯的聚合物分别可购自Evonik、Bayer以及SynthesiaInternational;以及其任何其他化学等效物。These softeners may be particularly suitable for resins selected from the group consisting of acrylic polymers, acrylic styrene copolymers, styrene polymers, and polyesters. Exemplary compounds are commercially available in the following forms: 90, 530, 537E, 538, 631, 1158, 1180, 1680E, 1908, 1925, 2038, 2157, Eco 2189, LMV 7051, 8055, 8060, 8064, 8067, all acrylic-based polymers available from BASF; 7150, XP2607, and F-37070, all polyester-based polymers available from Evonik, Bayer, and Synthesia International, respectively; and any other chemical equivalents thereof.

结合本发明使用的软化剂的分子量可以具有至少300、至少500、至少600、至少700或至少800的分子量;所述分子量可以是至多20,000、至多10,000、至多5,000、至多3,000、至多2,500、至多2,000、至多1,750、至多1,500或至多1,400。The molecular weight of the softening agents used in conjunction with the present invention can have a molecular weight of at least 300, at least 500, at least 600, at least 700, or at least 800; the molecular weight can be at most 20,000, at most 10,000, at most 5,000, at most 3,000, at most 2,500, at most 2,000, at most 1,750, at most 1,500, or at most 1,400.

软化剂在水中的溶解度可以是至少0.1%(重量:水的重量),并且更典型地,至少0.2%、至少0.3%或至少0.5%。The solubility of the softener in water may be at least 0.1% (weight:weight of water), and more typically, at least 0.2%, at least 0.3%, or at least 0.5%.

在本申请中,术语软化剂用于指能够显著降低要添加它的树脂的玻璃转变温度的化合物。如果当以固体重计与所关注的树脂1:1混合时,混合物的Tg相对于树脂的原始Tg降低至少5℃、至少10℃、至少15℃、至少20℃或至少25℃,那么该试剂被认为具有显著作用。In this application, the term softening agent is used to refer to a compound that is capable of significantly lowering the glass transition temperature of the resin to which it is added. An agent is considered to have a significant effect if, when mixed 1:1 on a solids weight basis with the resin of interest, the Tg of the mixture is lowered by at least 5°C, at least 10°C, at least 15°C, at least 20°C, or at least 25°C relative to the original Tg of the resin.

举例来说,图7A展示对于使用第一热塑性树脂(1680E)和第一软化剂(聚乙二醇(PEG)20,000)的具有相同组分以及不同比率的软化剂的五个油墨制剂的经干燥油墨残渣来说,第一批动态粘度随温度而变的多个温度扫描曲线。经干燥的残渣是获自对应于实施例5、6、7、25以及26的油墨制剂。For example, FIG7A shows a plurality of temperature sweep curves of the first dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for dried ink residues of five ink formulations using a first thermoplastic resin (1680E) and a first softener (polyethylene glycol (PEG) 20,000) with the same components and different ratios of softeners. The dried residues were obtained from ink formulations corresponding to Examples 5, 6, 7, 25, and 26.

图7B提供对于使用第二热塑性树脂(即8060)和第二软化剂(即PEG 8,000)的具有相同组分以及不同比率的软化剂的五个油墨制剂的经干燥油墨残渣来说,第二批动态粘度随温度而变的温度扫描曲线多个温度扫描曲线。经干燥的残渣是获自对应于实施例16、17、21、22以及23的油墨制剂。FIG7B provides temperature sweep curves of the second batch dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for dried ink residues of five ink formulations having the same components and different ratios of softeners using a second thermoplastic resin (i.e., 8060) and a second softener (i.e., PEG 8,000). The dried residues were obtained from ink formulations corresponding to Examples 16, 17, 21, 22, and 23.

图8A-8D是对于具有不同软化剂和不同浓度的那些试剂的油墨制剂的残膜来说,动态粘度随温度而变的温度扫描曲线。为方便比较,颜料和聚合树脂是相同的黑色颜料和2038,并且对于所有样品来说均保持在1:4比率。图8A提供包含20的油墨制剂(实施例27-28)的经干燥残渣的热流变行为;图8B展示针对包含40的制剂(实施例29-31)所观测到的扫描曲线;图8C则是针对包含60的制剂(实施例9-10);而图8D则是针对包含80的制剂(实施例32-33)。Figures 8A-8D show temperature sweep curves of dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for residual films of ink formulations containing different softeners and different concentrations of those agents. For ease of comparison, the pigment and polymeric resin were the same black pigment and 2038, and the ratio was maintained at 1:4 for all samples. Figure 8A provides the thermorheological behavior of the dried residue of ink formulations containing 20 (Examples 27-28); Figure 8B shows the sweep curves observed for formulations containing 40 (Examples 29-31); Figure 8C for formulations containing 60 (Examples 9-10); and Figure 8D for formulations containing 80 (Examples 32-33).

在一些实施方案中,软化剂在150℃下可以具有至多0.40kPa、至多0.35kPa、至多0.25kPa、至多0.20kPa、至多0.15kPa、至多0.12kPa、至多0.10kPa、至多0.08kPa、至多0.06kPa或至多0.05kPa的蒸气压。In some embodiments, the softening agent may have a vapor pressure of at most 0.40 kPa, at most 0.35 kPa, at most 0.25 kPa, at most 0.20 kPa, at most 0.15 kPa, at most 0.12 kPa, at most 0.10 kPa, at most 0.08 kPa, at most 0.06 kPa, or at most 0.05 kPa at 150°C.

在一些实施方案中,在高达至少170℃、至少185℃、至少200℃或至少220℃的温度下软化剂可以稳定。In some embodiments, the softener may be stable at temperatures up to at least 170°C, at least 185°C, at least 200°C, or at least 220°C.

在一些实施方案中,制剂内软化剂与树脂的重量比可以是至少0.05:1、至少0.10:1、至少0.15:1、至少0.2:1、至少0.25:1、至少0.35:1、至少0.4:1、至少0.5:1、至少0.6:1、至少0.75:1、至少1:1、至少1.25:1、至少1.5:1、至少1.75:1或至少2:1。In some embodiments, the weight ratio of softener to resin in the formulation can be at least 0.05:1, at least 0.10:1, at least 0.15:1, at least 0.2:1, at least 0.25:1, at least 0.35:1, at least 0.4:1, at least 0.5:1, at least 0.6:1, at least 0.75:1, at least 1:1, at least 1.25:1, at least 1.5:1, at least 1.75:1, or at least 2:1.

在一些实施方案中,该重量比可以是至多3:1、至多2.5:1、至多2:1、至多1.6:1或至多1.4:1。In some embodiments, the weight ratio may be at most 3:1, at most 2.5:1, at most 2:1, at most 1.6:1, or at most 1.4:1.

可以用于鉴定水性油墨制剂的各种组分以及由其产生的油墨膜的各种组分的各种分析方法和装置,并且这些对本领域的技术人员来说可以是显而易见的。可能有利的是将树脂和任何其他聚合材料与含有软化剂的水相分离。软化剂可以使用HPLC、MS或其他已知分析方法和装置进行鉴定。软化剂可以通过各种手段从树脂和聚合物中提取。在一种方法中,可以使用可以帮助释放软化剂的适当溶剂(例如ISOPAR)来使树脂膨胀。在一些情况下纳米过滤也可以是适当的。Various analytical methods and apparatuses can be used to identify the various components of aqueous ink formulations and the ink films produced therefrom, and these will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art. It may be advantageous to separate the resin and any other polymeric material from the aqueous phase containing the softening agent. The softening agent can be identified using HPLC, MS, or other known analytical methods and apparatuses. The softening agent can be extracted from the resin and polymer by various means. In one approach, the resin can be swollen using a suitable solvent (e.g., ISOPAR) that can help release the softening agent. Nanofiltration may also be appropriate in some cases.

着色剂Colorants

如本文中在说明书和以上权利要求书部分所使用,术语“着色剂(colorant或coloring agent)”是指在印刷领域中被视为或将被视为着色剂的物质。着色剂可以包括至少一种颜料。替代地或另外,着色剂可以包括至少一种染料。As used herein in the specification and in the claims section that follows, the term "colorant" or "coloring agent" refers to a substance that is or will be considered a colorant in the printing art. The colorant may include at least one pigment. Alternatively or in addition, the colorant may include at least one dye.

如本文中在说明书和以上权利要求书部分所使用,术语“颜料”是指固体着色剂,典型地是精细粉碎的。颜料可以具有有机和/或无机组成。典型地,颜料不溶性于并有它们的媒剂或介质,并且大体上物理上和化学上不受并有它们的媒剂或介质的影响。颜料可以是有色、荧光、金属、磁性、透明或不透明的。颜料可以通过光的选择性吸收、干扰和/或散射改变外观。它们通常是通过分散在多种系统中而被并入并且在整个着色过程中可以保持其晶体或粒子性质。As used herein in the specification and in the claims above, the term "pigment" refers to a solid colorant, typically finely divided. Pigments can have an organic and/or inorganic composition. Typically, pigments are insoluble in the medium or media in which they are incorporated and are generally physically and chemically unaffected by the medium or media in which they are incorporated. Pigments can be colored, fluorescent, metallic, magnetic, transparent or opaque. Pigments can change their appearance by selective absorption, interference and/or scattering of light. They are typically incorporated by being dispersed in a variety of systems and can maintain their crystalline or particle properties throughout the coloring process.

如本文中在说明书和以上权利要求书部分所使用,术语“染料”指的是至少一种有色物质,其在应用过程中可溶于溶液或进入到溶液中并且通过光的选择性吸收来赋予颜色。As used herein in the specification and in the claims section that follows, the term "dye" refers to at least one colored substance that is soluble in or goes into solution during application and imparts color by selective absorption of light.

虽然广泛范围的平均粒度(d50)或粒度分布(PSD)可适合于在本发明的油墨的多个实施方案中所利用的颜料,但是本发明人相信当颜料的d50在20nm至300nm范围内(例如至多120nm、至多100nm或40-80nm)时可以获得最佳结果。因此,颜料可以是纳米颜料;纳米颜料的粒度可以取决于颜料的类型和在制备颜料中所用的尺寸减缩法。用来产生不同颜色的各种粒度的颜料可以用于同一种印刷。一些具有这些粒度的颜料是可商购的,并且可以按原样用在本发明的实施方案中;在其他情况下,可以将颜料研磨到适当的尺寸。应了解,一般而言,颜料是与聚合树脂一起分散(或至少部分溶解)在溶剂内,或者可以首先分散在聚合树脂(例如通过揉捏)内以获得有色树脂粒子,这些有色树脂粒子然后与溶剂混合。While a wide range of average particle sizes ( d50 ) or particle size distributions (PSD) may be suitable for the pigments utilized in various embodiments of the inks of the present invention, the inventors believe that optimal results are achieved when the pigment's d50 is in the range of 20 nm to 300 nm (e.g., up to 120 nm, up to 100 nm, or 40-80 nm). Thus, the pigment can be a nanopigment; the particle size of the nanopigment can depend on the type of pigment and the size reduction method used in preparing the pigment. Pigments of various particle sizes used to produce different colors can be used in the same print. Some pigments of these particle sizes are commercially available and can be used as is in embodiments of the present invention; in other cases, the pigment can be ground to the appropriate size. It will be understood that, generally, the pigment is dispersed (or at least partially dissolved) in the solvent along with the polymeric resin, or can be first dispersed in the polymeric resin (e.g., by kneading) to obtain colored resin particles, which are then mixed with the solvent.

当制剂是基本上干时,油墨制剂内至少一种着色剂的浓度可以是至少2%、至少3%、至少4%、至少6%、至少8%、至少10%、至少15%、至少20%或至少22%(按重量计)。典型地,油墨膜内至少一种着色剂的浓度是至多40%、至多35%、至多30%或至多25%。更典型地,干油墨残渣可以含有2-30%、3-25%或4-25%的至少一种着色剂。The concentration of the at least one colorant in the ink formulation can be at least 2%, at least 3%, at least 4%, at least 6%, at least 8%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, or at least 22% by weight when the formulation is substantially dry. Typically, the concentration of the at least one colorant in the ink film is at most 40%, at most 35%, at most 30%, or at most 25%. More typically, the dry ink residue can contain 2-30%, 3-25%, or 4-25% of the at least one colorant.

在一些应用中,尤其当需要具有层压到印刷基材上的超薄型油墨膜时,聚合树脂与着色剂的重量比可以是至多10:1、至多7:1、至多5:1、至多3:1、至多2.5:1、至多2:1或至多1.7:1。In some applications, particularly when it is desired to have ultra-thin ink films laminated to a print substrate, the weight ratio of polymeric resin to colorant can be at most 10:1, at most 7:1, at most 5:1, at most 3:1, at most 2.5:1, at most 2:1, or at most 1.7:1.

图9提供对于具有不同着色剂(C、M、Y、K)而另外具有相同制剂组成的四个油墨制剂的经干燥油墨残渣来说,动态粘度随温度而变的温度扫描曲线。黑色制剂如中实施例4所公开。Figure 9 provides temperature sweep curves of dynamic viscosity as a function of temperature for dried ink residues of four ink formulations having different colorants (C, M, Y, K) but otherwise the same formulation composition. The black formulation is as disclosed in Example 4.

本领域的技术人员将了解,本发明的制剂可以相当可预测的方式加以修改以实现所希望的制剂特性,并且特别是热流变特性。为此目的,已经提供了大量示例性制剂和其热流变曲线。此外,已经在图内布置这些曲线,以提供关于树脂与颜料比对热流变行为的影响的指导。图7A和图7B证实对于2种不同的热塑性树脂和2种不同的软化剂来说,软化剂与树脂比对热流变行为的影响。较高软化剂与树脂比一般与较低粘度相关。可以通过软化剂制备适合于低温转移的相对硬的树脂。图8A-8D证实不同的软化剂与不同软化剂与树脂比组合同时保持其他制剂参数恒定对热流变性能的影响。从图9中曲线的相似性来看,很明显着色剂发挥热流变作用,但是该作用一般不太重要。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the formulations of the present invention can be modified in a fairly predictable manner to achieve desired formulation properties, and in particular thermorheological properties. To this end, a large number of exemplary formulations and their thermorheological curves have been provided. In addition, these curves have been arranged in the figures to provide guidance on the effect of the resin-to-pigment ratio on thermorheological behavior. Figures 7A and 7B demonstrate the effect of the softener-to-resin ratio on thermorheological behavior for two different thermoplastic resins and two different softeners. A higher softener-to-resin ratio is generally associated with a lower viscosity. Relatively hard resins suitable for low-temperature transfer can be prepared by softening agents. Figures 8A-8D demonstrate the effect of different softeners in combination with different softener-to-resin ratios while keeping other formulation parameters constant on thermorheological properties. From the similarity of the curves in Figure 9, it is clear that the colorant plays a thermorheological role, but this role is generally not very important.

首先,“高温”粘度(与W1相关)提供膜转移特性的一般指示,其在膜从ITM的释放层转移中是重要的。与该物理特性相关的最大粘度值可以通过W1的顶部直线或面积来表示。First, the "high temperature" viscosity (related to W1) provides a general indication of the film's transfer properties, which is important in transferring the film from the release layer of the ITM. The maximum viscosity value associated with this physical property can be represented by the top line or area of W1.

其次,“低温”粘度(与在50-55℃下的W2相关)提供膜在印刷基材上将如何表现的一般指示。与该物理特性相关的最小粘度值可以通过W2的底部来表示。Secondly, the "low temperature" viscosity (related to W2 at 50-55°C) provides a general indication of how the film will behave on a printed substrate. The minimum viscosity value associated with this physical property can be represented by the bottom of W2.

对于在干燥油墨样品的热流变测试中的油墨的干燥,本发明人已经使用各种严格的程序和操作条件,以确保油墨残渣获得足够的含量水平,以能够实现样品之间的比较测试,并且实现由相同油墨制剂产生的经干燥油墨残渣的热流变结果的良好可重复性。For the drying of inks in thermorheological testing of dried ink samples, the present inventors have used various rigorous procedures and operating conditions to ensure that the ink residues achieve sufficient levels to enable comparative testing between samples and to achieve good repeatability of the thermorheological results of dried ink residues produced by the same ink formulation.

本发明人已经发现这些严格的程序和操作条件中的一些可以放松,而不会明显地影响热流变可重复性,使得该以下定义的油墨残渣干燥可是利用:如用于本说明书并且中该权利要求书部分随后的,关于油墨残渣的术语“基本上干”等是指通过干燥特定油墨获得的油墨残渣,与该特定油墨的具有1mm初始厚度的“标准”层相比,在该层在烘箱中在100℃下并且在10毫巴真空(绝对)下干燥12小时之后,该油墨残渣优选不含更多的溶剂和其他挥发性化合物。在证实难以干燥的油墨的情况下,真空的深度可以增加至5毫巴。在证实尤其难以干燥的油墨的情况下,可以允许油墨残渣展现由“标准”层展现的干燥后损失(LOD)%以下的高达1%或高达2%的LOD%。The inventors have discovered that some of these stringent procedures and operating conditions can be relaxed without significantly affecting thermorheological repeatability, such that the following definition of ink residue drying can be utilized: As used in this specification and in the claims section that follows, the term "substantially dry" and the like with respect to ink residue refers to an ink residue obtained by drying a particular ink that preferably contains no more solvents and other volatile compounds than a "standard" layer of the particular ink having an initial thickness of 1 mm, after the layer has been dried in an oven at 100° C. and under a vacuum of 10 mbar (absolute) for 12 hours. In the case of inks that prove difficult to dry, the depth of vacuum can be increased to 5 mbar. In the case of inks that prove particularly difficult to dry, the ink residue can be allowed to exhibit a loss on drying (LOD) % of up to 1% or up to 2% below the LOD % exhibited by the "standard" layer.

类似地,经干燥以形成“基本上干燥”的油墨残渣的油墨制剂被称为“基本上干燥”的。Similarly, an ink formulation that is dried to form a "substantially dry" ink residue is referred to as "substantially dry."

在一些实施方案中,油墨制剂没有或基本上没有蜡。典型地,油墨制剂含有少于30wt.%蜡、少于20wt.%蜡、少于15wt.%蜡、少于10wt.%蜡、少于7wt.%蜡、少于5wt.%蜡、少于3wt.%蜡、少于2wt.%蜡或少于1wt.%蜡。在其他实施方案中,蜡被包括在油墨制剂中以在印刷的油墨中赋予更大抗磨性。这些蜡可以是天然或合成的,例如基于脂肪酸和脂肪醇的酯或长链链烷(石蜡)或其混合物。在这些情况下,制剂可以包含例如0.1-10wt.%蜡,例如多达0.1、0.3、0.5、0.7、1.0、1.5、2、3、4、6、8或10wt.%蜡。蜡可以例如具有10微米或更小的平均尺寸、优选具有1μm或更小的平均尺寸的小蜡粒子的水性分散体形式并入到制剂中。In some embodiments, the ink formulation is free of or substantially free of wax. Typically, the ink formulation contains less than 30 wt.% wax, less than 20 wt.% wax, less than 15 wt.% wax, less than 10 wt.% wax, less than 7 wt.% wax, less than 5 wt.% wax, less than 3 wt.% wax, less than 2 wt.% wax, or less than 1 wt.% wax. In other embodiments, wax is included in the ink formulation to impart greater abrasion resistance in the printed ink. These waxes can be natural or synthetic, such as esters or long-chain alkanes (paraffin waxes) based on fatty acids and fatty alcohols, or mixtures thereof. In these cases, the formulation can include, for example, 0.1-10 wt.% wax, for example, up to 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 0.7, 1.0, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 10 wt.% wax. The wax can be incorporated into the formulation in the form of an aqueous dispersion of small wax particles, for example, with an average size of 10 microns or less, preferably with an average size of 1 μm or less.

在一些实施方案中,油墨制剂没有或基本上没有油,如矿物油和植物油(例如亚麻仁油和大豆油)。典型地,油墨制剂含有至多20wt.%、至多12wt.%、至多8wt.%、至多5wt.%、至多3wt.%、至多1wt.%、至多0.5wt.%或至多0.1wt.%(按重量计)的一种或多种油、交联脂肪酸或在风干时产生的脂肪酸衍生物。In some embodiments, the ink formulation is free or substantially free of oils, such as mineral oils and vegetable oils (e.g., linseed oil and soybean oil). Typically, the ink formulation contains at most 20 wt.%, at most 12 wt.%, at most 8 wt.%, at most 5 wt.%, at most 3 wt.%, at most 1 wt.%, at most 0.5 wt.%, or at most 0.1 wt.% (by weight) of one or more oils, cross-linked fatty acids, or fatty acid derivatives produced upon air drying.

在一些实施方案中,油墨制剂没有或基本上没有甘油。典型地,油墨制剂含有至多10%、至多8%、至多6%、至多4%、至多2%、至多1%、至多0.5%或至多0.2%(按重量计)甘油。In some embodiments, the ink formulation is free or substantially free of glycerol. Typically, the ink formulation contains at most 10%, at most 8%, at most 6%, at most 4%, at most 2%, at most 1%, at most 0.5%, or at most 0.2% (by weight) glycerol.

在一些实施方案中,油墨制剂没有或基本上没有一种或多种盐,包括用于使油墨凝结或沉淀在转移构件上或基材上的盐(例如氯化钙)。典型地,油墨制剂含有至多8wt.%、至多5wt.%、至多3wt.%、至多1wt.%、至多0.5wt.%、至多0.1wt.%或基本上0wt.%的一种或多种盐。这些盐在本文中可以被称为“沉淀剂”,并且应了解,当陈述为制剂不包括盐或以少于某一重量百分比的量含有盐时,这并不是指在聚合树脂的聚合物与pH调节剂(如醇胺)之间可形成,或如果聚合树脂是以盐形式提供,那么可存在于聚合树脂本身中的盐。如上文所论述,目前相信在聚合树脂中存在负电荷对印刷工艺有益。In some embodiments, the ink formulation is free of or substantially free of one or more salts, including salts used to coagulate or precipitate the ink on the transfer member or substrate (e.g., calcium chloride). Typically, the ink formulation contains at most 8 wt.%, at most 5 wt.%, at most 3 wt.%, at most 1 wt.%, at most 0.5 wt.%, at most 0.1 wt.%, or substantially 0 wt.% of one or more salts. These salts may be referred to herein as "precipitants," and it should be understood that when a formulation is stated to not include salts or to contain salts in an amount less than a certain weight percentage, this does not refer to salts that may form between the polymers of the polymeric resin and the pH adjuster (e.g., an alcohol amine), or that may be present in the polymeric resin itself if the polymeric resin is provided in salt form. As discussed above, it is currently believed that the presence of negative charges in the polymeric resin is beneficial to the printing process.

在一些实施方案中,油墨制剂没有或基本上没有无机粒子,例如二氧化硅粒子、氧化钛粒子或氧化铝粒子,含有少于2wt.%、少于1wt.%、少于0.1wt.%或基本上没有无机粒子。“二氧化硅粒子”意指气相二氧化硅、二氧化硅片、二氧化硅胶体等。这些二氧化硅粒子的特定实例包括以以下名称可购自DuPont Company的那些:AM-30、CL、HS-30;以及以以下名称可购自Nyacol Nanotechnologies Company的那些:NexSilTM12、NexSilTM20、NexSilTM8、NexSilTM85。在本申请的上下文中,术语“二氧化硅粒子”不包括着色剂。In some embodiments, the ink formulation is free of or substantially free of inorganic particles, such as silica particles, titanium oxide particles, or aluminum oxide particles, containing less than 2 wt.%, less than 1 wt.%, less than 0.1 wt.%, or substantially no inorganic particles. "Silica particles" means fumed silica, silica flakes, silica colloids, and the like. Specific examples of these silica particles include those available from DuPont Company under the following names: AM-30, CL, HS-30; and those available from Nyacol Nanotechnologies Company under the following names: NexSil 12, NexSil 20, NexSil 8, NexSil 85. In the context of this application, the term "silica particles" does not include colorants.

油墨膜构造Ink film structure

在本发明的油墨膜构造中,油墨点可以大体上被层压到印刷基材的顶部表面上。如本文所描述,点的形态可以在转移操作之前确定或很大程度上确定,并且点是作为整体单元被转移到基材。该整体单元可能基本上没有溶剂,以使得可能没有任何类型的物质从橡皮布转移构件穿透到基材纤维中或基材纤维之间。可能主要含有有机聚合树脂和着色剂的连续点粘着到纤维印刷基材的顶部表面,或在纤维印刷基材的顶部表面上形成层压的层。In the ink film construction of the present invention, the ink dots can be substantially laminated onto the top surface of the printing substrate. As described herein, the dot morphology can be determined or largely determined prior to the transfer operation, and the dots are transferred to the substrate as a unitary unit. This unitary unit can be substantially free of solvent, such that no material of any type can penetrate from the blanket transfer member into or between the fibers of the substrate. The continuous dots, which may primarily contain an organic polymeric resin and a colorant, adhere to the top surface of the fibrous printing substrate or form a laminated layer on the top surface of the fibrous printing substrate.

采用前面公开的油墨组合物的印刷测试展示良好转移到各种和不同的纸和塑料基材,正如以下图中的一些中将说明的一般。Printing tests using the previously disclosed ink compositions demonstrated good transfer to various and different paper and plastic substrates, as will be illustrated in some of the following figures.

图10A-F展示使用各种印刷技术获得的于经商品涂布的纸质基材上的油墨膜的二维(图10A-C)和三维(图10D-F)激光显微镜采集的放大图像,其中:图10A和10D是液体电子照相术膜(LEP)的放大图像;图10B和10E是胶印斑点的放大图像;而图10C和10F是根据本发明的喷墨油墨膜构造的放大图像。激光显微术成像是使用Olympus LEXT 3D测量激光显微镜型号OLS4000进行。Figures 10A-F show magnified images of two-dimensional (Figures 10A-C) and three-dimensional (Figures 10D-F) laser microscopy acquisition of ink films on mass-coated paper substrates obtained using various printing techniques, wherein: Figures 10A and 10D are magnified images of liquid electrophotography film (LEP); Figures 10B and 10E are magnified images of offset print spots; and Figures 10C and 10F are magnified images of inkjet ink film constructions according to the present invention. Laser microscopy imaging was performed using an Olympus LEXT 3D measurement laser microscope model OLS4000.

图11A-F展示使用各种印刷技术获得的在未经涂布的纸质基材上的油墨膜的二维(图11A-C)和三维(图11D-F)激光显微镜采集的放大图像,其中:图11A和11D是液体电子照相膜(LEP)的放大图像;图11B和11E是平版胶印斑点的放大图像;而图11C和11F是根据本发明的喷墨油墨膜构造的放大图像。11A-F show magnified images acquired by laser microscopy in two dimensions (FIGS. 11A-C) and three dimensions (FIGS. 11D-F) of ink films on uncoated paper substrates obtained using various printing techniques, wherein: FIGs. 11A and 11D are magnified images of a liquid electrophotographic film (LEP); FIGs. 11B and 11E are magnified images of lithographic offset print spots; and FIGs. 11C and 11F are magnified images of inkjet ink film constructions according to the present invention.

本发明的油墨点构造中的油墨点可以展现始终良好的形状特性(例如圆度、边缘粗糙度等),在很大程度上与基材的特定的局部形貌特征无关,并且在很大程度上与印刷基材的类型(经涂布或未经涂布的印刷基材、塑料印刷基材等)无关。The ink dots in the ink dot constructions of the present invention can exhibit consistently good shape properties (e.g., roundness, edge roughness, etc.) that are largely independent of the specific local topographical features of the substrate and largely independent of the type of printing substrate (coated or uncoated printing substrate, plastic printing substrate, etc.).

相比之下,在各种已知的印刷技术中并且特别是在直接水性喷墨技术中的油墨点的质量可能随印刷基材的类型并且随基材的特定的局部形貌特征显著变化。应容易了解,举例来说,当将油墨滴喷射到具有相对均匀的基材表面(如宽纤维)的特别平坦的局部轮廓上时,所获得的油墨点相对于被设置在基材上的其他地方的其他或平均油墨点可以展示出显著更好的形状特性。In contrast, the quality of ink dots in various known printing technologies, and in particular in direct aqueous inkjet technology, can vary significantly depending on the type of printed substrate and on the specific local topographical features of the substrate. It should be readily understood that, for example, when an ink droplet is jetted onto a particularly flat local contour with a relatively uniform substrate surface (such as a wide fiber), the resulting ink dot can exhibit significantly better shape characteristics relative to other or average ink dots disposed elsewhere on the substrate.

如图11D-11F中最能看出,在这些现有技术油墨和基材构造中,喷墨油墨滴已经穿透纸的表面。这种穿透可以是使用未经涂布或经商品涂布的纸的各种印刷技术的特征,其中纸可以吸取纸纤维的基质内油墨载体溶剂和颜料。As best seen in Figures 11D-11F, in these prior art ink and substrate configurations, the inkjet ink droplets have penetrated the surface of the paper. This penetration can be a characteristic of various printing techniques using uncoated or commodity coated paper, where the paper can absorb ink carrier solvents and pigments within the matrix of the paper fibers.

与现有技术油墨构造相比之下,本发明的喷墨油墨膜构造可以用明确界定的单个的油墨膜来表征,这些油墨膜一般被设置在经涂布(图10C、10F)和未经涂布(图11C、11F)的纤维基材上方,并且粘着到纤维基材。In contrast to prior art ink constructions, the inkjet ink film constructions of the present invention can be characterized by well-defined individual ink films that are generally disposed over and adhered to coated (FIGS. 10C, 10F) and uncoated (FIGS. 11C, 11F) fibrous substrates.

本发明的喷墨单滴油墨膜(或单个油墨点)构造是使用本文所描述的本发明系统和方法使用根据本发明的油墨制剂实施例29产生。An inkjet single drop ink film (or single ink dot) construction of the present invention was produced using the present invention systems and methods described herein using ink formulation Example 29 according to the present invention.

点周界表征Point Perimeter Representation

胶印油墨斑点的周界和LEP油墨斑点的周界具有多个突起或小流以及多个小湾或凹陷。这些油墨形态可以是不规则的和/或不连续的。相比之下,根据本发明产生的喷墨油墨点(图10C和11C中最能看出)具有明显圆化的凸面形状。油墨膜的周界是相对光滑、规则、连续并且明确界定的。The perimeter of an offset ink spot and a LEP ink spot has multiple protrusions or rivulets and multiple inlets or valleys. These ink morphologies can be irregular and/or discontinuous. In contrast, an inkjet ink dot produced according to the present invention (best seen in Figures 10C and 11C) has a distinctly rounded convex shape. The perimeter of the ink film is relatively smooth, regular, continuous, and well-defined.

更具体地说,本发明的油墨膜相对于基材表面的投影(即,从顶视图的投影)趋于成为圆化的凸面投影,这些凸面投影形成凸集,即,对于投影内的每一对点,连接这些点的直线段上的每个点也在投影内。这类凸集示于图15A中。成鲜明对比,各种现有技术的投影中的小流和小湾将那些投影界定为非凸集,即,对于特定投影内的至少一个直线段,那个直线段的一部分被设置在投影外部,如图15B中所说明。More specifically, the projections of the ink films of the present invention relative to the substrate surface (i.e., projections from a top view) tend to be rounded convex projections that form convex sets, i.e., for every pair of points within the projection, every point on the line segment connecting those points is also within the projection. Such convex sets are illustrated in FIG15A. In stark contrast, the small streams and inlets in various prior art projections define those projections as non-convex sets, i.e., for at least one line segment within a particular projection, a portion of that line segment is located outside the projection, as illustrated in FIG15B.

必须强调的是,油墨图像可以含有极大的多个单个或单一的油墨膜。举例来说,在600dpi下5mm×5mm的油墨图像可以含有超过10,000个这样单一的油墨膜。因此,可能适当地在统计学上定义本发明的油墨膜构造:至少10%、至少20%或至少30%并且更典型地至少50%、至少70%或至少90%的单一的油墨点(随机选择)或其投影可以是凸集。It must be emphasized that an ink image can contain a very large number of individual or single ink films. For example, a 5 mm x 5 mm ink image at 600 dpi can contain over 10,000 such individual ink films. Therefore, it is possible to appropriately define the ink film construction of the present invention statistically: at least 10%, at least 20%, or at least 30%, and more typically at least 50%, at least 70%, or at least 90% of the individual ink dots (selected at random) or their projections can be convex sets.

必须进一步强调的是,油墨图像可能不具有易碎的边界,特别是在高放大率下观察那些边界的时候。因此,可能适当地放宽凸集的定义,借此具有长达3,000nm、长达1,500nm、长达1,000nm、长达700nm、长达500nm、长达300nm或长达200nm的径向长度Lr(如图15C中所示)的非凸面(小流或小湾)被忽略、排除或“光滑化”,借此油墨膜或油墨膜投影被视为凸集。径向长度Lr是通过从油墨膜图像的中心点C,经特定的小流或小湾绘制径向线L来测量。径向长度Lr是小流或小湾的实际边缘与油墨图像的光滑投影Ps之间的距离,该光滑投影Ps没有那个小流或小湾并且匹配油墨膜图像的轮廓。It must be further emphasized that ink images may not have fragile boundaries, especially when those boundaries are viewed at high magnification. Therefore, it may be appropriate to relax the definition of a convex set, whereby non-convex surfaces (streams or inlets) having a radial length L r of up to 3,000 nm, up to 1,500 nm, up to 1,000 nm, up to 700 nm, up to 500 nm, up to 300 nm, or up to 200 nm (as shown in FIG. 15C ) are ignored, excluded, or "smoothed," whereby the ink film or ink film projection is considered a convex set. The radial length L r is measured by drawing a radial line L from the center point C of the ink film image through a particular stream or inlet. The radial length L r is the distance between the actual edge of the stream or inlet and the smooth projection P s of the ink image, which does not have that stream or inlet and matches the outline of the ink film image.

相对来说,可能适当地放宽凸集的定义,借此具有高达膜/滴/斑点直径或平均直径的15%、高达10%并且更典型地高达5%、高达3%、高达2%或高达1%的径向长度的非凸面(小流或小湾)被忽略、排除或“光滑化”(如上),借此油墨膜或油墨膜投影被视为凸集。Relatively speaking, it may be appropriate to relax the definition of a convex set, whereby non-convex surfaces (small flows or inlets) having a radial length of up to 15%, up to 10% and more typically up to 5%, up to 3%, up to 2% or up to 1% of the film/drop/spot diameter or the average diameter are ignored, excluded or "smoothed" (as above), whereby the ink film or ink film projection is considered to be a convex set.

现有技术的各个油墨点或膜的周界可能特有地具有多个突起或小流以及多个小湾或凹陷。这些油墨形态可以是不规则的和/或不连续的。成鲜明对比,根据本发明产生的喷墨油墨点特有地具有明显圆化、凸面、圆形形状。本发明的油墨点的周界可以是相对光滑、规则、连续并且明确界定的。油墨点圆度、凸度以及边缘粗糙度是用于评估或表征其形状或光学表现的结构参数。The perimeter of each prior art ink dot or film may typically have multiple protrusions or small streams and multiple inlets or indentations. These ink morphologies can be irregular and/or discontinuous. In sharp contrast, the inkjet ink dots produced according to the present invention typically have a distinctly rounded, convex, circular shape. The perimeter of the ink dot of the present invention can be relatively smooth, regular, continuous, and well-defined. Ink dot roundness, convexity, and edge roughness are structural parameters used to evaluate or characterize its shape or optical appearance.

通过将图10A和10B的现有技术油墨形态的放大图像与图10C的本发明油墨点构造进行比较或通过将图11A和11B的现有技术油墨形态的放大图像与图11C的本发明油墨点构造进行比较可以容易地观测到,本发明的油墨点的外观明显地不同于这些现有技术油墨形态。通过人眼容易观测到的可以使用图像处理技术进行定量。在描述图像采集方法之后,在下文中描述对油墨形态的各种表征。By comparing the magnified images of the prior art ink morphologies of Figures 10A and 10B with the inventive ink dot configuration of Figure 10C , or by comparing the magnified images of the prior art ink morphologies of Figures 11A and 11B with the inventive ink dot configuration of Figure 11C , it can be readily observed that the appearance of the inventive ink dot is significantly different from these prior art ink morphologies. What is readily observable to the human eye can be quantified using image processing techniques. Following a description of the image acquisition method, various characterizations of the ink morphologies are described below.

采集方法Collection method

(1)对于在研究中有待比较的已知的印刷技术中的每一者来说,使用被印刷在涂布纸上和未涂布纸上的单一的点、斑点或膜图像,包括许多经涂布和未经涂布的纤维基材和各种塑料印刷基材。(1) For each of the known printing technologies to be compared in the study, single dot, spot, or film images printed on coated and uncoated paper were used, including a number of coated and uncoated fibrous substrates and various plastic printing substrates.

(2)关于根据本发明的印刷技术,将单滴点图像印刷在涂布纸上和未涂布纸上。小心地选择具有与(1)中所用的已知的油墨点构造的基材类似的特征的基材。(2) Regarding the printing technique according to the present invention, single drop dot images were printed on coated and uncoated paper. Care was taken to select a substrate having similar characteristics to the substrate of the known ink dot configuration used in (1).

(3)使用OLS4000(Olympus)显微镜进行点图像的采集。本领域的一般技术人员知晓如何调节显微镜以达到必需的焦距、亮度以及对比度,以使得图像细节将高度可见。这些图像细节包括点轮廓、在点区域内的颜色变化以及基材表面的纤维结构。(3) Dot images were collected using an OLS4000 (Olympus) microscope. One skilled in the art would know how to adjust the microscope to achieve the necessary focus, brightness, and contrast so that image details are highly visible. These image details include dot outlines, color variations within the dot area, and the fiber structure of the substrate surface.

(4)用具有129微米X129微米的分辨率的X100光学变焦镜头来获取图像。这种高分辨率可能对于获得点和基材表面的纤维结构的细微细节是必不可少的。(4) The images were acquired using an X100 optical zoom lens with a resolution of 129 microns x 129 microns. This high resolution may be essential for obtaining fine details of the fiber structure of the dots and substrate surface.

(5)以具有1024×1024个像素的分辨率的未压缩格式(Tiff)保存图像,因为以压缩格式可能丢失图像数据。(5) Save the image in an uncompressed format (Tiff) with a resolution of 1024×1024 pixels, because image data may be lost in a compressed format.

(6)一般来说,针对每种印刷技术来评估单一的点或斑点。然而,从统计学观点来看,可能有利的是,获得所分析的每种类型的硬拷贝印刷的15个点图像(至少),并且人工地选择10个(至少)最有代表性的点图像用于图像处理。所选择的点图像在点形状、轮廓以及在点区域内的颜色变化方面应该是有代表性的。下文描述了另一种用于印刷点采样的方法,被称为“视场”。(6) Generally, a single dot or spot is evaluated for each printing technology. However, from a statistical point of view, it may be advantageous to obtain 15 dot images (at least) for each type of hard copy print being analyzed and manually select the 10 (at least) most representative dot images for image processing. The dot images selected should be representative with respect to dot shape, outline, and color variation within the dot area. Another method for print dot sampling, referred to as "field of view," is described below.

点轮廓计算Point contour calculation

将点图像加载到图像处理软件(ImageXpert)。每个图像被加载于红色、绿色以及蓝色通道中的每一者中。基于最高可见度准则来选择处理通道。举例来说,对于青色的点,红色通道典型地得到最佳的点特征可见度,并且因此被选择用于图像处理步骤;绿色通道典型地最适合于洋红色的点。基于单阈值来检测(自动计算)点边缘轮廓。在21.5"显示器上使用“全屏视图”模式,针对每个图像人工地选择该阈值,以使得计算的边缘轮廓将最佳匹配真实并可见的点边缘。因为单一的图像通道被处理,所以阈值是灰度值(从0到255,灰度值是无颜色值)。The dot images were loaded into the image processing software (ImageXpert). Each image was loaded in each of the red, green, and blue channels. The processing channel was selected based on the highest visibility criterion. For example, for cyan dots, the red channel typically gave the best dot feature visibility and was therefore selected for the image processing step; the green channel was typically best suited for magenta dots. Dot edge profiles were detected (automatically calculated) based on a single threshold. Using the "full screen view" mode on a 21.5" monitor, the threshold was manually selected for each image so that the calculated edge profile would best match the real and visible dot edge. Because a single image channel was processed, the threshold was a grayscale value (from 0 to 255, where a grayscale value is a colorless value).

从图像处理软件(例如ImageXpert)获得计算的周长值,该周长值是在点或斑点的边缘处相邻的连接像素的所有距离的总和。举例来说,如果相邻像素的XY坐标是(x1,y1)和(x2,y2),那么距离是√[(x2-x1)2+(y2-y1)2],而周长等于∑{√[(xi+1-xi)2+(yi+1-yi)2]}。Obtain the calculated perimeter value from image processing software (e.g., ImageXpert). This perimeter value is the sum of all distances between adjacent connected pixels at the edge of a point or blob. For example, if the XY coordinates of adjacent pixels are (x1, y1) and (x2, y2), then the distance is √[(x2-x1)²+(y2-y1)²], and the perimeter is equal to ∑{√[(xi +1 - xi )²+(yi +1 - yi )²]}.

在本发明的各个实施方案中,需要测量油墨点的周界长度。现在将描述用于测量周界长度的替代方法。作为第一步,将包含油墨点的图像用作输出周界长度的算法的输入。图像的像素大小MxN可以被储存在二元数组或有序对image_pixel_size中。image_pixel_size的值的一个实例是1280,760,在该实例中,M=1280并且N=760。这对应于水平轴中的图像的1280个像素和垂直轴中的760个像素。随后,获得图像放大比率或比例,并且储存在变量image_magnification中。变量image_magnification的一个实例是500。当在第一个图像和第二个图像中的油墨点之间比较周界时,强制性地,两个图像的变量image_pixel_size和image_magnification是相等的。现在可能计算一个方形像素的相应长度,即实际的长度单位(例如微米)或像素的边长。该值被储存于变量pixel_pitch中。变量pixel_pitch的一个实例是0.05μm。现在通过熟练技工已知的方法将图像转换成灰度级。一种提议的方法是将输入图像(该图像典型地在sRGB彩色空间中)转换成L*a*b*彩色空间。一旦图像在Lab彩色空间中,变量a和b的值就变成零。现在可能将边缘检测算子应用到图像。优选的算子是坎尼(Canny)边缘检测算子。然而,可以应用本领域中已知的任何算子。这些算子并不限于一阶导数,如坎尼算子,而是也对二阶导数开放。此外,可以使用算子的组合以获得可以在算子之间进行比较的结果并且随后去除“不想要的”边缘。可能有利的是,在应用边缘检测算子之前应用光滑算子,如高斯模糊(Gaussian blur)。当应用边缘检测算子时所应用的阈值水平使得形成无端环的边缘在原先描述的包含最小周长油墨点的环与围绕最大周长油墨点的环之间的区域中首先获得。现在执行薄化算子以使得无端环边缘基本上是一个像素的宽度。不是无端环边缘的一部分的任何像素具有其变为零的L*值,而作为无端环边缘的一部分的任何像素具有其变为100的L*值。无端环边缘被定义为油墨点的周界。像素链路被定义为连接到像素的直线。沿着周界的每个像素合并了两个像素链路,第一个像素链路和第二个像素链路。这两个像素链路界定了在单一的像素内的像素链接路径。在计算周界长度的该方法中,每个像素是方形像素。因此,每个像素链路可以从像素的中心到八个可能的节点之一形成一条线。可能的节点是像素的角点或在像素的两个邻近角点之间的中点。在像素角点处的节点是node_1类型,在两个角点之间的中点处的一个节点是node_2类型。因此,在像素内存在六种可能的像素链接路径。这些像素链接路径可以被分成三组。组A、B以及C。每个组具有其自身相应的系数,也就是,coefficient_A、coefficient_B以及coefficient_C。coefficient_A的值是1,coefficient_B的值是sqrt(2),并且coefficient_C的值是(1+sqrt(2))/2。A组含有像素链接路径与node_2类型的节点相符的像素。B组含有像素链接路径与node_1类型的节点相符的像素。C组含有像素链接路径与node_1类型和node_2类型的节点相符的像素。现在可能计算像素的周界长度。像素的周界长度是通过将所有像素的周长乘以其相应的系数求和来计算。该值被储存在变量perimeter_pixel_length中。现在可能计算油墨点周界的实际长度。这是通过用perimeter_pixel_length乘以pixel_pitch来完成。In various embodiments of the present invention, it is necessary to measure the perimeter length of an ink dot. An alternative method for measuring perimeter length will now be described. As a first step, an image containing the ink dot is used as input to an algorithm that outputs the perimeter length. The pixel size MxN of the image can be stored in a two-element array or ordered pair, image_pixel_size. An example value for image_pixel_size is 1280,760, where M=1280 and N=760. This corresponds to 1280 pixels of the image in the horizontal axis and 760 pixels in the vertical axis. Subsequently, the image magnification ratio or scale is obtained and stored in the variable image_magnification. An example value for the variable image_magnification is 500. When comparing the perimeters between ink dots in a first image and a second image, it is mandatory that the variables image_pixel_size and image_magnification are equal for both images. It is now possible to calculate the corresponding length of one square pixel, i.e., a practical unit of length (e.g., micrometers) or the side length of a pixel. This value is stored in the variable pixel_pitch. An example of the variable pixel_pitch is 0.05 μm. The image is now converted to grayscale by methods known to the skilled artisan. One proposed method is to convert the input image (which is typically in the sRGB color space) into the L*a*b* color space. Once the image is in the Lab color space, the values of the variables a and b become zero. It is now possible to apply an edge detection operator to the image. A preferred operator is the Canny edge detection operator. However, any operator known in the art may be applied. These operators are not limited to first-order derivatives, such as the Canny operator, but are also open to second-order derivatives. In addition, combinations of operators may be used to obtain results that can be compared between operators and subsequently remove "unwanted" edges. It may be advantageous to apply a smoothing operator, such as a Gaussian blur, before applying the edge detection operator. The threshold level applied when applying the edge detection operator is such that the edge forming an endless ring is first obtained in the region between the ring containing the smallest perimeter ink dot and the ring surrounding the largest perimeter ink dot as previously described. Now, a thinning operator is performed so that the endless loop edge is essentially one pixel wide. Any pixel that is not part of the endless loop edge has its L* value reduced to zero, while any pixel that is part of the endless loop edge has its L* value reduced to 100. The endless loop edge is defined as the perimeter of the ink dot. Pixel links are defined as straight lines connecting pixels. Each pixel along the perimeter combines two pixel links: the first pixel link and the second pixel link. These two pixel links define a pixel link path within a single pixel. In this method of calculating perimeter length, each pixel is a square pixel. Therefore, each pixel link can form a line from the center of the pixel to one of eight possible nodes. Possible nodes are the corners of the pixel or the midpoint between two adjacent corners of the pixel. A node at a pixel corner is of type node_1, and a node at the midpoint between two corners is of type node_2. Therefore, there are six possible pixel link paths within a pixel. These pixel link paths can be divided into three groups: Groups A, B, and C. Each group has its own corresponding coefficients: coefficient_A, coefficient_B, and coefficient_C. The value of coefficient_A is 1, the value of coefficient_B is sqrt(2), and the value of coefficient_C is (1+sqrt(2))/2. Group A contains pixels whose pixel link paths correspond to nodes of type node_2. Group B contains pixels whose pixel link paths correspond to nodes of type node_1. Group C contains pixels whose pixel link paths correspond to nodes of type node_1 and type node_2. It is now possible to calculate the perimeter length of the pixels. The perimeter length of the pixels is calculated by summing the perimeter lengths of all pixels multiplied by their corresponding coefficients. This value is stored in the variable perimeter_pixel_length. It is now possible to calculate the actual length of the ink dot perimeter. This is done by multiplying pixel_pitch by perimeter_pixel_length.

圆度Roundness

无量纲圆度因子(ER)可以用以下来定义:The dimensionless roundness factor (ER) can be defined as follows:

ER=P2/(4π·A)ER=P 2 /(4π·A)

其中P是测量或计算周长,并且A是在油墨膜、点或斑点内的测量或计算面积。对于完全光滑和圆形的油墨点来说,ER等于1。Where P is the measured or calculated perimeter and A is the measured or calculated area within the ink film, dot or spot. For a perfectly smooth and round ink dot, ER equals 1.

与圆形、光滑形状的偏差可以用表达式(ER-1)来表示。对于完全圆形的理想油墨点来说,该表达式等于零。The deviation from a circular, smooth shape can be expressed by the expression (ER-1). For a perfectly circular ideal ink dot, this expression is equal to zero.

可以计算10个最有代表性的点图像中的每一者的圆度因子的R平方,这些点图像是针对每种类型的印刷技术来选择,并且平均成单一值。The R-squared of the roundness factor may be calculated for each of the 10 most representative dot images selected for each type of printing technology and averaged into a single value.

对于纤维基材(例如纸)未经涂布的油墨膜构造来说,或对于纤维基材经涂料,如经涂布的胶印纸中的商品涂料(或如能够使载剂从传统的水基喷墨油墨到达纸纤维的涂料)的油墨膜构造来说,与圆的、光滑圆形形状的偏差[(ER-1),此后称为“偏差”]对于本发明的油墨点是不理想的,并且将超过0。For ink film constructions where the fibrous substrate (e.g., paper) is uncoated, or where the fibrous substrate is coated, such as a commercial coating in coated offset paper (or such coatings that enable the vehicle from conventional water-based inkjet inks to reach the paper fibers), the deviation from a round, smooth circular shape [(ER-1), hereinafter referred to as "deviation"] is undesirable for the ink dots of the present invention and will exceed zero.

在图14A-2至14F2中,针对以下印刷机提供了被设置在经涂布和未经涂布的基材上的示例性放大油墨膜图像:直接喷墨:HP DeskJet9000(未经涂布:图14A-2;经涂布:图14D-2);数字压印机:HP Indigo7500(未经涂布:图14B-2;经涂布:图14E-2);以及平版胶印:Ryobi755(未经涂布:图14C-2;经涂布:图14F-2)。In Figures 14A-2 to 14F2, exemplary magnified ink film images disposed on coated and uncoated substrates are provided for the following printers: direct inkjet: HP DeskJet 9000 (uncoated: Figure 14A-2; coated: Figure 14D-2); digital press: HP Indigo 7500 (uncoated: Figure 14B-2; coated: Figure 14E-2); and offset lithography: Ryobi 755 (uncoated: Figure 14C-2; coated: Figure 14F-2).

图12A-2至12E-2提供根据本发明被设置在涂布纸(12A-2至12C-2)和未涂布纸(12D-2和12E-2)上的油墨膜的放大视图。这些油墨膜图像一般是根据上文中详述的图像采集方法获得。Figures 12A-2 through 12E-2 provide magnified views of ink films disposed on coated paper (12A-2 through 12C-2) and uncoated paper (12D-2 and 12E-2) according to the present invention. These ink film images were generally obtained according to the image acquisition method detailed above.

下文提供圆度偏差(ER-1)的定量分析。A quantitative analysis of the roundness deviation (ER-1) is provided below.

凸度convexity

如先前所描述,现有技术的油墨点或膜可能特有地具有多个突起或小流以及多个小湾或凹陷。这些油墨形态可以是不规则的和/或不连续的。成鲜明对比,根据本发明产生的喷墨油墨膜特有地具有明显圆化的、凸面、圆形形状。点凸度或其偏差是可以被用来评估或表征其形状或光学表现的结构参数。As previously described, prior art ink dots or films may typically have multiple protrusions or rivulets and multiple inlets or indentations. These ink morphologies can be irregular and/or discontinuous. In sharp contrast, inkjet ink films produced according to the present invention typically have a distinctly rounded, convex, circular shape. Dot convexity, or its deviation from it, is a structural parameter that can be used to evaluate or characterize its shape or optical appearance.

图像采集方法可以与上文所描述的基本上相同。The image acquisition method may be substantially the same as described above.

凸度测量Convexity measurement

将点图像加载到图像处理软件(ImageXpert)。每个图像被加载于红色、绿色以及蓝色通道中的每一者中。基于最高可见度准则来选择处理通道。举例来说,对于青色的点,红色通道典型地得到最佳的点特征可见度,并且因此被选择用于图像处理步骤;绿色通道典型地最适合于洋红色的点。基于单阈值来检测(自动计算)点边缘轮廓。在21.5"显示器上使用“全屏视图”模式,针对每个图像人工地选择该阈值,以使得计算的边缘轮廓将最佳匹配真实并可见的点边缘。因为单一的图像通道被处理,所以阈值是灰度值(从0到255,灰度值是无颜色值)。The dot images were loaded into the image processing software (ImageXpert). Each image was loaded in each of the red, green, and blue channels. The processing channel was selected based on the highest visibility criterion. For example, for cyan dots, the red channel typically gave the best dot feature visibility and was therefore selected for the image processing step; the green channel was typically best suited for magenta dots. Dot edge profiles were detected (automatically calculated) based on a single threshold. Using the "full screen view" mode on a 21.5" monitor, the threshold was manually selected for each image so that the calculated edge profile would best match the real and visible dot edge. Because a single image channel was processed, the threshold was a grayscale value (from 0 to 255, where a grayscale value is a colorless value).

创建MATLAB脚本以计算约束点轮廓的最小凸面形状的面积与点的实际面积之间的比率。对于每个油墨点图像来说,将由ImageXpert创建的点边缘轮廓的(X,Y)点集加载到MATLAB。A MATLAB script was created to calculate the ratio between the area of the minimum convex shape that bounds the dot profile and the actual area of the dot.For each ink dot image, the (X,Y) point set of the dot edge profile created by ImageXpert was loaded into MATLAB.

为了降低测量对噪声的灵敏度,使点边缘通过Savitzky-Golay滤波器(图像处理低通滤波器)以使边缘轮廓稍光滑,但没有明显地改变其粗糙度特征。发现5个像素的窗框尺寸一般是适合的。To reduce the sensitivity of the measurement to noise, the spot edges were passed through a Savitzky-Golay filter (an image processing low-pass filter) to smooth the edge profile slightly, but without significantly changing its roughness characteristics. A window size of 5 pixels was found to be generally suitable.

随后,产生最小面积的凸面形状以约束光滑的边缘轮廓。然后,如下计算凸面形状的面积(CSA)与实际(计算)的点或膜面积(AA)之间的凸度比:Subsequently, a convex shape of minimum area is generated to constrain the smooth edge contour. The convexity ratio between the area of the convex shape (CSA) and the actual (calculated) point or film area (AA) is then calculated as follows:

CX=AA/CSACX=AA/CSA

与该凸度比的偏差或“非凸度”是用1-CX或DC来表示。Deviations from this convexity ratio, or "non-convexity," are represented by the 1-CX or DC point .

下文提供对该非凸度的定量分析。A quantitative analysis of this non-convexity is provided below.

视场Field of view

在经商品涂布与未经涂布的纤维基材上,本发明的油墨点构造中的油墨点可以展现始终良好的形状特性(例如凸度、圆度、边缘粗糙度等),在很大程度上与基材的特定的局部形貌特征无关,并且在某种程度上与印刷基材的类型(经涂布或未经涂布的印刷基材、塑料印刷基材等)无关。相比之下,在各种已知的印刷技术中并且特别是在直接水性喷墨技术中的油墨点的质量可能随印刷基材的类型并且随基材的特定的局部形貌特征明显变化。On both commercially available coated and uncoated fibrous substrates, the ink dots of the ink dot constructions of the present invention can exhibit consistently good shape properties (e.g., convexity, roundness, edge roughness, etc.), largely independent of the specific local topographical features of the substrate and, to some extent, independent of the type of printed substrate (coated or uncoated printing substrate, plastic printing substrate, etc.). In contrast, the quality of ink dots in various known printing technologies, and in particular in direct aqueous inkjet technology, can vary significantly depending on the type of printed substrate and on the specific local topographical features of the substrate.

然而,使用更稳固的统计方法可以更好地区分本发明的油墨点构造与本领域的油墨点构造。因此,在本发明的一些实施方案中,油墨点构造可以被表征为在代表性的视场内被设置在基材上的多个油墨点。假设点的表征是通过图像处理来获得,那么视场含有多个点图像,其中至少10个点图像适合于图像处理。被选择用于分析的视场和点图像都优选地代表基材上的油墨点的总群体(例如就点形状来说)。However, using more robust statistical methods can better distinguish the ink dot configurations of the present invention from those of the prior art. Thus, in some embodiments of the present invention, the ink dot configuration can be characterized as a plurality of ink dots disposed on a substrate within a representative field of view. Assuming that the dot representation is obtained by image processing, the field of view contains a plurality of dot images, at least ten of which are suitable for image processing. Both the field of view and the dot images selected for analysis are preferably representative of the total population of ink dots on the substrate (e.g., in terms of dot shape).

程序program

使用X20放大倍数在LEXT显微镜上人工地扫描优选地含有高出现率的单一的油墨点的印刷样品,以获得在单幅画面中包括至少10个单一的点的场域。应小心地选择油墨点质量颇能代表印刷样品的总体油墨点质量的场域。A printed sample, preferably containing a high incidence of single ink dots, is manually scanned on a LEXT microscope using a x20 magnification to obtain a field containing at least 10 single dots in a single frame. Care should be taken to select a field whose ink dot quality is fairly representative of the overall ink dot quality of the printed sample.

独立地分析在所选画面内的每个点。由画面边界(这可以被视为正方形几何投影)“分开”的点被视为画面的一部分,并且进行分析。任何附属物和重叠点都从分析中排除。“附属物”对于具有一般均匀的点尺寸的画面来说,被定义为面积小于在画面内点的平均点面积的25%的油墨点,或对于不均匀的画面来说,被定义为面积小于最邻近的点的25%的油墨点。Each dot within the selected canvas is analyzed independently. Dots "separated" by the canvas border (which can be viewed as a square geometric projection) are considered part of the canvas and analyzed. Any satellites and overlapping dots are excluded from the analysis. "Satellites" are defined as ink dots with an area less than 25% of the average dot area of the dots within the canvas for canvases with generally uniform dot size, or less than 25% of the area of the nearest neighboring dot for canvases with non-uniform dot size.

随后用X100变焦镜头放大每个不同的油墨点,并且可以根据上文关于凸度和圆度程序所提供的程序来实现图像处理。Each different ink dot is then magnified with a X100 zoom lens and image processing can be accomplished according to the procedures provided above with respect to the convexity and roundness procedures.

结果result

图13A提供了在经商品涂布的纤维基材(经涂布、经再循环的Arjowiggins gloss,170gsm)上的油墨点的场域的放大视图,该场域是使用可商购的水性直接喷墨印刷机产生的场域。图13B提供了在未经涂布的纤维基材(未经涂布的胶印Hadar Top,170gsm)上的油墨点的场域的放大视图,该场域是使用相同的可商购的水性直接喷墨印刷机产生的场域。虽然在技术上,图13A的画面不够格作为油墨点的“场域”,这些场域需要在单一画面内的至少10个单一的点,但是出于说明性目的,提供了这些框架,并且表征了这些点。Figure 13A provides a magnified view of a field of ink dots on a commodity-coated fibrous substrate (coated, recycled Arjowiggins gloss, 170 gsm), produced using a commercially available aqueous direct inkjet printer. Figure 13B provides a magnified view of a field of ink dots on an uncoated fibrous substrate (uncoated offset Hadar Top, 170 gsm), produced using the same commercially available aqueous direct inkjet printer. While the frame of Figure 13A technically does not qualify as a "field" of ink dots, requiring at least 10 individual dots within a single frame, the frames are provided for illustrative purposes and the dots are depicted.

在图13A中,油墨图像A是附属物,并且从分析中排除。点B由画面边界分开,并且被包括在分析中(即分析了完整的油墨点)。尾状物或投影C被视为设置在其左边的油墨点的一部分。因此,场域仅含有6个用于图像处理的油墨点。In FIG13A , ink image A is an appendage and is excluded from analysis. Dot B is separated by the frame border and is included in the analysis (i.e., the entire ink dot is analyzed). The tail or shadow C is considered part of the ink dot located to its left. Therefore, the field contains only six ink dots for image processing.

关于图13B,很明显,仅在高放大率下,点E和F是不同的单个点。虽然若干个斑点合理地呈圆形并且良好成形,但大多数斑点显示出较差的圆度和凸度,具有不良界定的边缘,并且似乎含有相关或弱相关的多个油墨中心。13B, it is apparent that only at high magnification are dots E and F distinct single dots. While several of the dots are reasonably circular and well-formed, most of the dots exhibit poor roundness and convexity, have poorly defined edges, and appear to contain multiple ink centers that are correlated or weakly correlated.

图12A-1至12E-1提供根据本发明产生的在经商品涂布的纤维基材(图12A-1至12C-1)和未经涂布的纤维基材(图12D-1和12E-1)上的油墨点或膜的场域的放大视图。印刷图像是通过在具有包含冷凝固化的硅醇封端的聚二甲基硅氧烷的释放层的橡皮布上喷射对应于实施例29的油墨来制备。将橡皮布加热到约70℃并且如关于基本可转移性测试已经描述用包含PEI的调节溶液预处理,该调节溶液随后去除并蒸发。使用传统的喷墨头以600x1200dpi的分辨率(提供9pL的平均滴体积)在经处理的释放层上喷射对应于实施例29的黑色油墨,以形成不同油墨覆盖率/点密度的油墨图像。橡皮布相对于印刷棒的相对速度是0.5m/秒。将油墨图像在200℃下干燥长达5秒并且通过施加人工压力将经干燥的图像转移到下表和图12A-1至12E-3中所指示的基材。Figures 12A-1 through 12E-1 provide magnified views of fields of ink dots or films produced according to the present invention on a commodity-coated fibrous substrate (Figures 12A-1 through 12C-1) and an uncoated fibrous substrate (Figures 12D-1 and 12E-1). Printed images were prepared by jetting an ink corresponding to Example 29 onto a blanket having a release layer comprising a condensation-cured silanol-terminated polydimethylsiloxane. The blanket was heated to approximately 70°C and pretreated with a conditioning solution comprising PEI as described for the basic transferability test, which was subsequently removed and evaporated. A conventional inkjet head was used to jet black ink corresponding to Example 29 onto the treated release layer at a resolution of 600 x 1200 dpi (providing an average drop volume of 9 pL) to form ink images of varying ink coverage/dot density. The relative speed of the blanket relative to the print bar was 0.5 m/s. The ink images were dried at 200°C for up to 5 seconds and the dried images were transferred to the substrates indicated in the following table and Figures 12A-1 to 12E-3 by applying manual pressure.

图12A-2至12E-2提供图12A-1至12E-1的画面的一部分的进一步的放大视图,其中被设置在经商品涂布的纸上的油墨膜的放大视图提供于图12A-2至12C-2中,而被设置在未涂布纸上的油墨膜的放大视图提供于图12D-2和12E-2中。Figures 12A-2 to 12E-2 provide further enlarged views of a portion of the panels of Figures 12A-1 to 12E-1, with enlarged views of ink films disposed on mass-coated paper provided in Figures 12A-2 to 12C-2, and enlarged views of ink films disposed on uncoated paper provided in Figures 12D-2 and 12E-2.

从这些图的比较显而易见,本发明油墨中的油墨点的场域相对于图13A和13B中所提供的现有技术场域展现优良的点形状(圆度、凸度以及边缘界定)和平均点形状。事实上,图12D-1中所提供的未经涂布的基材最粗糙并且具挑战性的油墨点的场域,本发明油墨构造相对于其中基材是相对光滑的经涂布基材的现有技术场域(图13A)展现优良的点形状和平均点形状。As is apparent from a comparison of these figures, the fields of ink dots from the inventive inks exhibit superior dot shape (roundness, convexity, and edge definition) and average dot shape relative to the prior art fields presented in Figures 13A and 13B. In fact, for the field of ink dots on the roughest and most challenging uncoated substrate, presented in Figure 12D-1, the inventive ink construction exhibits superior dot shape and average dot shape relative to the prior art field (Figure 13A) where the substrate is a relatively smooth coated substrate.

通过人眼容易观测到的可以使用上文所提供的图像处理技术和视场处理程序来定量。What is readily observable by the human eye can be quantified using the image processing techniques and field processing procedures provided above.

表1:本发明的油墨点构造--视场Table 1: Ink dot structure of the present invention - viewing field

表2:现有技术油墨点构造--视场Table 2: Prior Art Ink Dot Structure - Field of View

基材类型Substrate type ER-1ER-1 1-CX1-CX 光学均匀性(标准偏差)Optical uniformity (standard deviation) 涂布纸coated paper 0.9430.943 0.0850.085 4.04.0 未涂布纸Uncoated paper 3.3473.347 0.2530.253 19.119.1

已经在经商品涂布的与未经涂布的若干额外的纤维基材上确认了这些示例性结果。These exemplary results have been confirmed on several additional fiber substrates, both commercially coated and uncoated.

用于所有所测试的经商品涂布的纤维基材来说,根据本发明的油墨点构造的场域展现至多0.05、至多0.04、至多0.03、至多0.025、至多0.020、至多0.015、至多0.012、至多0.010、至多0.009或至多0.008的平均非凸度。For all mass-coated fibrous substrates tested, the fields of the ink dot constructions according to the present invention exhibited an average non-convexity of at most 0.05, at most 0.04, at most 0.03, at most 0.025, at most 0.020, at most 0.015, at most 0.012, at most 0.010, at most 0.009, or at most 0.008.

用于所有所测试的未经涂布的纤维基材来说,根据本发明的油墨点构造的场域展现至多0.085、至多0.07、至多0.06、至多0.05、至多0.04、至多0.03、至多0.025、至多0.020、至多0.018或至多0.015的平均非凸度。For all uncoated fibrous substrates tested, the fields of the ink dot constructions according to the present invention exhibited an average non-convexity of at most 0.085, at most 0.07, at most 0.06, at most 0.05, at most 0.04, at most 0.03, at most 0.025, at most 0.020, at most 0.018, or at most 0.015.

在一些实施方案中,场域非凸度是至少0.0005、至少0.001、至少0.002、至少0.003或至少约0.004。在一些情况下,并且特别是对于未经涂布的纤维基材来说,场域或平均非凸度可以是至少0.05、至少0.07、至少0.10、至少0.12、至少0.15、至少0.16、至少0.17或至少0.18。In some embodiments, the field non-convexity is at least 0.0005, at least 0.001, at least 0.002, at least 0.003, or at least about 0.004. In some cases, and particularly for uncoated fibrous substrates, the field or average non-convexity can be at least 0.05, at least 0.07, at least 0.10, at least 0.12, at least 0.15, at least 0.16, at least 0.17, or at least 0.18.

用于所有所测试的经商品涂布的纤维基材来说,根据本发明的油墨点构造的场域展现至多0.60、至多0.50、至多0.45、至多0.40、至多0.35、至多0.30、至多0.25、至多0.20、至多0.17、至多0.15、至多0.12或至多0.10的平均圆度偏差。For all tested mass-coated fibrous substrates, the fields of the ink dot constructions according to the present invention exhibited an average deviation from roundness of at most 0.60, at most 0.50, at most 0.45, at most 0.40, at most 0.35, at most 0.30, at most 0.25, at most 0.20, at most 0.17, at most 0.15, at most 0.12, or at most 0.10.

用于所有所测试的未经涂布的纤维基材,根据本发明的油墨点构造的场域展现至多0.85、至多0.7、至多0.6、至多0.5、至多0.4、至多0.35、至多0.3、至多0.25、至多0.22或至多0.20的平均圆度偏差。For all uncoated fibrous substrates tested, the fields of the ink dot constructions according to the present invention exhibited an average deviation from roundness of at most 0.85, at most 0.7, at most 0.6, at most 0.5, at most 0.4, at most 0.35, at most 0.3, at most 0.25, at most 0.22, or at most 0.20.

在一些实施方案中,平均圆度偏差是至少0.010、至少0.02、至少0.03或至少约0.04。在一些情况下,圆度偏差可以是至少0.05、至少0.07、至少0.10、至少0.12、至少0.15、至少0.16、至少0.17或至少0.18。In some embodiments, the average deviation from roundness is at least 0.010, at least 0.02, at least 0.03, or at least about 0.04. In some cases, the deviation from roundness can be at least 0.05, at least 0.07, at least 0.10, at least 0.12, at least 0.15, at least 0.16, at least 0.17, or at least 0.18.

虽然上述非凸度和圆度偏差值是关于具有至少10个适合于评估的点的场域,但是它们进一步适用于具有至少20、至少50或至少200个这些适合的点的场域。此外,本发明人已经发现随着场域尺寸增加本发明油墨点构造与现有技术油墨点构造的非凸度值和圆度偏差值之间的差别变得甚至更具统计显著性。While the above non-convexity and deviation from roundness values are for fields having at least 10 dots suitable for evaluation, they are further applicable to fields having at least 20, at least 50, or at least 200 such dots. Furthermore, the inventors have discovered that the differences between the non-convexity and deviation from roundness values for the ink dot constructions of the present invention and prior art ink dot constructions become even more statistically significant as the field size increases.

对于塑料基材,根据本发明的油墨点构造的场域可以展现至多0.075、至多0.06、至多0.05、至多0.04、至多0.03、至多0.025、至多0.020、至多0.015、至多0.012、至多0.010、至多0.009或至多0.008的平均非凸度;根据本发明的油墨点构造的场域可以展现至多0.8、至多0.7、至多0.6、至多0.5、至多0.4、至多0.35、至多0.3、至多0.25、至多0.20、至多0.18或至多0.15的平均圆度偏差。光滑塑料(如无规聚丙烯和各种聚酯)典型地展现至多0.35、至多0.3、至多0.25、至多0.20、至多0.18、至多0.15、至多0.12、至多0.10、至多0.08、至多0.06、至多0.05、至多0.04或至多0.035的平均圆度偏差。For plastic substrates, fields of the ink dot construction according to the present invention may exhibit an average non-convexity of at most 0.075, at most 0.06, at most 0.05, at most 0.04, at most 0.03, at most 0.025, at most 0.020, at most 0.015, at most 0.012, at most 0.010, at most 0.009, or at most 0.008; fields of the ink dot construction according to the present invention may exhibit an average deviation from roundness of at most 0.8, at most 0.7, at most 0.6, at most 0.5, at most 0.4, at most 0.35, at most 0.3, at most 0.25, at most 0.20, at most 0.18, or at most 0.15. Smooth plastics such as random polypropylene and various polyesters typically exhibit a mean deviation from roundness of at most 0.35, at most 0.3, at most 0.25, at most 0.20, at most 0.18, at most 0.15, at most 0.12, at most 0.10, at most 0.08, at most 0.06, at most 0.05, at most 0.04, or at most 0.035.

光学均匀性Optical uniformity

提供于图5A和5B中的油墨膜图像不是光学均匀的。一般来说,与被设置在涂布纸上的对应油墨膜图像相比,被设置在未涂布纸上的油墨膜图像是更不光学均匀的。The ink film images provided in Figures 5A and 5B are not optically uniform. Generally speaking, ink film images disposed on uncoated paper are less optically uniform than corresponding ink film images disposed on coated paper.

此外,可以观测到,与各种现有技术油墨形态相比,本发明油墨点展现优良的光学均匀性。对于未经涂布与经涂布的印刷基材来说这似乎成立。通过人眼容易观测到的可以使用图像处理技术来定量。以下提供测量油墨点均匀性的方法。Furthermore, it was observed that the ink dots of the present invention exhibited superior optical uniformity compared to various prior art ink morphologies. This appeared to be true for both uncoated and coated printed substrates. What is readily observable by the human eye can be quantified using image processing techniques. A method for measuring ink dot uniformity is provided below.

光学均匀性测量Optical uniformity measurement

优选使用上文提供的统计规则将点图像加载到ImageXpert软件。每个图像被加载于红色、绿色以及蓝色通道中的每一者中。被选择用于图像处理的通道是展现最高可见细节的通道,这些细节包括点轮廓和点区域内的颜色偏差,以及基材表面纤维构造。举例来说,红色通道典型地最适合于青色的点,而绿色通道典型地最适合于洋红色的点。Preferably, the statistical rule provided above is used to load the dot image into ImageXpert software.Each image is loaded into each of red, green and blue channels.The channel selected for image processing is the channel that shows the highest visible details, and these details include the color deviation in dot profile and dot area, and substrate surface fiber structure.For example, the red channel is typically most suitable for cyan point, and the green channel is typically most suitable for magenta point.

对于所选点中的每一者来说,跨越点区域,横穿点的中心来测量线分布(优选的是至少10个最有代表性的点中的每一者的3个线分布)。因为线分布是在单一的通道上测量的,所以测量灰度值(0-255,无颜色值)。线分布是跨越点的中心获取并且仅覆盖内部三分之二的点直径,以避免边缘效应。关于采样频率的标准是沿着线分布约8个光学测量(8个测量的灰度值沿着每个微米均匀间隔,或沿着线分布每个测量是125nm+/-25nm),该频率是ImageXpert软件的自动频率,并且发现ImageXpert软件对于手边的任务是适合并且稳固的。For each of the selected points, a line profile is measured across the point area, across the center of the point (preferably 3 line profiles for each of at least the 10 most representative points). Because the line profile is measured on a single channel, the grayscale value (0-255, no color value) is measured. The line profile is acquired across the center of the point and only covers the inner two-thirds of the point diameter to avoid edge effects. The standard for sampling frequency is about 8 optical measurements along the line profile (8 measured grayscale values evenly spaced along each micrometer, or 125nm+/-25nm per measurement along the line profile), which is the automatic frequency of the ImageXpert software and has been found to be suitable and robust for the task at hand.

计算线分布中的每一者的标准偏差(STD),并且将每种类型的印刷图像的多个线分布STD平均化为单一的值。The standard deviation (STD) of each of the line distributions is calculated, and the plurality of line distribution STDs for each type of printed image are averaged into a single value.

图14A-1至14F-2提供了使用各种印刷技术获得的油墨斑点或点的图像,以及关于其的光学均匀性分布。更具体地说,图14A-2至14C-2提供了针对以下印刷技术,被设置在未涂布纸上的油墨点图像:HP DeskJet 9000(图14A-2);数字压印机:HP Indigo 7500(图14B-2);以及胶印:Ryobi 755(图14C-2)。类似地,图14D-2至14F-2提供了针对那些印刷技术,被设置在经商品涂布的纸上的油墨点图像。Figures 14A-1 through 14F-2 provide images of ink spots or dots obtained using various printing technologies, and their optical uniformity distribution. More specifically, Figures 14A-2 through 14C-2 provide images of ink dots placed on uncoated paper for the following printing technologies: HP DeskJet 9000 (Figure 14A-2); digital press: HP Indigo 7500 (Figure 14B-2); and offset press: Ryobi 755 (Figure 14C-2). Similarly, Figures 14D-2 through 14F-2 provide images of ink dots placed on commodity-coated paper for those printing technologies.

图14A-1至14F-1提供了对于由图14A-2至14C-2(在未涂布纸上)以及由图14D-2至14F-2(在涂布纸上)提供的油墨点图像中的每一者来说,(无颜色)灰度相对值随穿过油墨点图像的中心的线上的位置而变的图。Figures 14A-1 to 14F-1 provide graphs of the relative value of (achromatic) gray as a function of position on a line passing through the center of the ink dot image for each of the ink dot images provided by Figures 14A-2 to 14C-2 (on uncoated paper) and by Figures 14D-2 to 14F-2 (on coated paper).

图14A-3至14-F3提供对如通过前面提到的本领域印刷技术所获得的在未经涂布和经涂布的基材上的这些点的轮廓分析。轮廓分布是用于计算所印刷的点的凸度特征。Figures 14A-3 to 14-F3 provide profile analysis of these dots on uncoated and coated substrates as obtained by the aforementioned state of the art printing techniques.The profile distribution is used to calculate the convexity characteristics of the printed dots.

图12A-3至12E-3分别提供了对于由图12A-3至12C-3(在涂布纸上)以及由图12D-3至12E-3(在未涂布纸上)提供的油墨点图像中的每一者来说,描绘(无颜色)灰度相对值随穿过油墨点图像的中心的线上的位置而变的图。特定的油墨点图像的相对平坦的线性分布指示沿着线的高光学均匀性。Figures 12A-3 to 12E-3 provide graphs that plot the relative value of (colorless) grayscale as a function of position on a line passing through the center of the ink dot image for each of the ink dot images provided by Figures 12A-3 to 12C-3 (on coated paper) and Figures 12D-3 to 12E-3 (on uncoated paper), respectively. The relatively flat linear distribution of a particular ink dot image indicates high optical uniformity along the line.

结果将似乎确认,被设置在未经涂布的纤维印刷基材上的油墨点相对于被设置在经涂布的纤维印刷基材上的相应的油墨点展现不良均匀性。The results would appear to confirm that ink dots disposed on an uncoated fibrous printing substrate exhibit poor uniformity relative to corresponding ink dots disposed on a coated fibrous printing substrate.

此外,对于未经涂布的基材来说,通过本发明的系统和工艺产生的本发明的油墨膜的线分布具有约4.7的平均STD,这相比使用现有技术的技术实现的STD(19)是有利的。对于经涂布的基材来说,通过本发明的系统和工艺产生的本发明的油墨点的线分布具有约2至2.7的STD,这相比使用现有技术的技术实现的STD(4)是有利的,虽然不太明显。Furthermore, for uncoated substrates, the line profiles of the ink films of the present invention produced by the system and process of the present invention had an average STD of about 4.7, which compares favorably to the STD (19) achieved using prior art techniques. For coated substrates, the line profiles of the ink dots of the present invention produced by the system and process of the present invention had an STD of about 2 to 2.7, which compares favorably, though less significantly, to the STD (4) achieved using prior art techniques.

当比较涂布纸上的膜或点时,本发明的点分布的标准偏差(STD)中的每一者的平均值总是为3.5以下。更一般地说,本发明的点分布的STD小于3.2、小于3.0、小于2.9或小于2.8。When comparing films or dots on coated paper, the average of each of the standard deviations (STDs) of the dot distributions of the present invention is always less than 3.5. More generally, the STDs of the dot distributions of the present invention are less than 3.2, less than 3.0, less than 2.9, or less than 2.8.

当比较未涂布纸上的膜或点时,本发明的点分布的标准偏差(STD)总是为6以下。更一般地说,本发明的点分布的STD是小于15、小于12、小于10、小于8、小于7或小于6。When comparing films or dots on uncoated paper, the standard deviation (STD) of the dot distributions of the present invention is always less than 6. More typically, the STD of the dot distributions of the present invention is less than 15, less than 12, less than 10, less than 8, less than 7, or less than 6.

因为,如上文所提及,油墨图像可以含有极大一批的多个单个或单一的油墨点(至少20、至少100、至少1,000、至少10,000或至少100,000个),可能有意义的是在统计学上确定本发明的油墨点构造是如下的,其中被设置在任何未经涂布或经涂布(或经商品涂布)的纤维基材上的本发明油墨点(或本发明的单滴油墨点)的至少10%、至少20%或至少30%,并且在一些情况下,至少50%、至少70%或至少90%展现上文关于未涂布纸和关于经商品涂布的纸所描述的标准偏差。Because, as mentioned above, ink images can contain a very large number of individual or single ink dots (at least 20, at least 100, at least 1,000, at least 10,000, or at least 100,000), it may be of interest to statistically determine that the inventive ink dot constructions are those in which at least 10%, at least 20%, or at least 30%, and in some cases, at least 50%, at least 70%, or at least 90% of the inventive ink dots (or inventive single-drop ink dots) disposed on any uncoated or coated (or mass-coated) fibrous substrate exhibit the standard deviations described above for uncoated paper and for mass-coated paper.

穿透penetrate

在本发明的油墨膜构造中,油墨点可以大体上被层压到印刷基材的顶部表面上。如本文所描述,点的形态可以在转移操作之前确定或在很大程度上确定,并且该点是作为整体单元被转移到基材。该整体单元可能基本上没有溶剂,以使得可能没有任何类型的物质从橡皮布转移构件穿透到基材纤维中或基材纤维之间。可能主要含有有机聚合树脂和着色剂的连续点粘着到纤维印刷基材的顶部表面,或在纤维印刷基材的顶部表面上形成层压的层。In the ink film construction of the present invention, the ink dots can be substantially laminated onto the top surface of the printing substrate. As described herein, the dot morphology can be determined or largely determined prior to the transfer operation, and the dot is transferred to the substrate as a unitary unit. The unitary unit can be substantially free of solvent, such that no material of any type can penetrate from the blanket transfer member into or between the fibers of the substrate. The continuous dots, which may primarily contain an organic polymeric resin and a colorant, adhere to the top surface of the fibrous printing substrate or form a laminated layer thereon.

这些连续点典型地通过各种喷墨技术来产生,如按需喷滴和连续喷射技术。These continuous dots are typically produced by various inkjet technologies, such as drop-on-demand and continuous jet technologies.

再一次参考图式,图16A和16B分别提供了本发明的油墨膜构造300和现有技术的喷墨油墨斑点或膜构造370的示意性的剖视图。现在参考图16B,喷墨油墨膜构造370包括单滴油墨斑点305,该斑点粘着到或层压到纤维印刷基材350的特定的连续区域中的多个基材纤维320。举例来说,纤维印刷基材350可以是未涂布纸,如证券纸、复印纸或胶印纸。纤维印刷基材350也可以是各种经商品涂布的纤维印刷基材之一,如经涂布的胶印纸。Referring again to the drawings, Figures 16A and 16B provide schematic cross-sectional views of an ink film construction 300 of the present invention and a prior art inkjet ink spot or film construction 370, respectively. Referring now to Figure 16B, the inkjet ink film construction 370 includes a single drop ink spot 305 adhered to or laminated to a plurality of substrate fibers 320 in a specific continuous area of a fibrous printing substrate 350. For example, the fibrous printing substrate 350 can be an uncoated paper, such as bond paper, copy paper, or offset paper. The fibrous printing substrate 350 can also be one of various commercially coated fibrous printing substrates, such as coated offset paper.

油墨斑点305的一部分被设置在基材350的顶部表面下方的纤维320之间。油墨的各种组分,包括着色剂的一部分,可以连同油墨载体溶剂一起穿透顶部表面,以至少部分填充被设置在纤维320之间的体积380。如图示,着色剂的一部分可以在纤维320的下面扩散或迁移到被设置在纤维320下方的体积390。在许多情况下(未图示),着色剂中的一些可以渗透到纤维中。A portion of ink spot 305 is disposed between fibers 320 below the top surface of substrate 350. Various components of the ink, including a portion of the colorant, can penetrate the top surface along with the ink carrier solvent to at least partially fill volume 380 disposed between fibers 320. As shown, a portion of the colorant can diffuse or migrate beneath fibers 320 into volume 390 disposed below fibers 320. In many cases (not shown), some of the colorant can penetrate into the fibers.

成鲜明对比,本发明的油墨膜构造300(提供于图16A中)包括整体的连续油墨点,如单个的油墨点310,该油墨点被设置在纤维印刷基材350的特定的连续区域中的多个基材纤维320的顶部表面上,并且固定地粘着(或层压)到该顶部表面。粘着或层压可以主要或基本上是物理结合。粘着或层压可以具有很少的或基本上没有化学键结特征,或更具体地说,没有离子键结特征。In sharp contrast, the ink film construction 300 of the present invention (provided in FIG16A ) includes a unitary continuous ink dot, such as a single ink dot 310, disposed on and fixedly adhered (or laminated) to the top surface of a plurality of substrate fibers 320 in a specific continuous region of a fibrous printing substrate 350. The adhesion or lamination can be primarily or substantially physical. The adhesion or lamination can have little or substantially no chemical bonding characteristics, or more specifically, no ionic bonding characteristics.

油墨点310含有至少一种分散在有机聚合树脂中的着色剂。在纤维基材350的特定的连续区域内,存在至少一个垂直于印刷基材350的顶部表面的方向(如箭头360所示--若干个方向)。关于与整个点区域上的该顶部表面垂直的所有方向,油墨点310被设置为完全处于该区域上方。在纤维320之间的体积380和在纤维320下面的体积390没有或基本上没有着色剂、树脂以及油墨的任何和所有组分。Ink dot 310 contains at least one colorant dispersed in an organic polymeric resin. Within a specific continuous area of fibrous substrate 350, there is at least one direction perpendicular to the top surface of printing substrate 350 (indicated by arrow 360, which is one of several directions). Ink dot 310 is positioned completely above the area in all directions perpendicular to the top surface across the entire dot area. The volume 380 between fibers 320 and the volume 390 below fibers 320 are free or substantially free of colorant, resin, and any and all components of the ink.

油墨穿透到印刷基材中的程度可以使用各种分析技术来定量地测定,这些分析技术中有许多将是本领域的一般技术人员所知的。各种商业的分析实验室可以进行穿透程度的这种定量测定。The degree of ink penetration into the printed substrate can be quantitatively determined using various analytical techniques, many of which will be known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Various commercial analytical laboratories can perform such quantitative determinations of penetration.

这些分析技术包括使用各种染色技术,如四氧化锇染色(参看Patrick Echlin,“Handbook of Sample Preparation for Scanning Electron Microscopy and X-RayMicroanalysis”(Springer Science+Business Media,LLC 2009,第140-143页)。These analytical techniques include the use of various staining techniques, such as osmium tetroxide staining (see Patrick Echlin, "Handbook of Sample Preparation for Scanning Electron Microscopy and X-Ray Microanalysis" (Springer Science+Business Media, LLC 2009, pp. 140-143).

染色技术的一种替代方案可以特别适合于含有如铜等金属的油墨。使用TOF-SIMSV光谱仪[Ion-ToF(Münster,Germany)]进行飞行时间二次离子质谱法(TOF-SIMS)。这种设备提供了关于有机和无机表面的最上层的元素和分子信息,而且提供了具有纳米级的深度分辨率的深度分布和成像、亚微米横向分辨率以及约1ppm的化学灵敏度。An alternative to dyeing techniques may be particularly suitable for inks containing metals such as copper. Time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (TOF-SIMS) was performed using a TOF-SIMSV spectrometer [Ion-ToF (Münster, Germany)]. This instrument provides elemental and molecular information about the uppermost layers of organic and inorganic surfaces, and offers depth profiling and imaging with nanometer-scale depth resolution, submicron lateral resolution, and chemical sensitivity of approximately 1 ppm.

TOF-SIMS的原始数据转换成浓度可以通过将所获得的信号标准化为样品中通过X射线光电子能谱(XPS)测量的碳(C+)浓度来进行。使用Thermo VG Scientific SigmaProbe(England)获得XPS数据。通过使用微聚焦(15到400μm)单色x射线源来获得具有化学键结信息的固体表面的小区域化学分析。在倾斜样品和不倾斜样品的情况下获得角分辨信息。这能够得到具有良好的深度分辨率的深度分布。The raw data of TOF-SIMS is converted into concentration and can be carried out by the carbon (C+) concentration measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) in the sample by the obtained signal standardization. Use Thermo VG Scientific SigmaProbe (England) to obtain XPS data. Obtain the small area chemical analysis of the solid surface with chemical bonding information by using micro-focusing (15 to 400 μm) monochromatic x-ray source. Obtain angular resolved information when tilting the sample and not tilting the sample. This can obtain the depth distribution with good depth resolution.

作为基线,随深度而变来测量纤维纸质基材内铜的原子浓度。发现铜的原子浓度在表面一直到若干微米的深度处基本上为零。针对现有技术的两个青色的喷墨油墨膜构造并且针对本发明的青色的油墨膜构造来重复该程序。As a baseline, the atomic concentration of copper within the fibrous paper substrate was measured as a function of depth. The atomic concentration of copper was found to be essentially zero from the surface down to a depth of several micrometers. This procedure was repeated for two cyan inkjet ink film constructions of the prior art and for a cyan ink film construction of the present invention.

如上文所描述进行对随在现有技术的第一个青色喷墨油墨膜构造内的近似深度而变的油墨点内和纤维纸质基材内的铜的原子浓度[Cu]的测量。在含青色的油墨膜构造的顶部表面附近测量的初始[Cu]为约0.8原子%。在约100nm的深度以内,[Cu]稳定地下降到约0.1原子%。在约100nm-1,000nm的深度范围内,[Cu]从约0.1原子%下降到约0。因此,显而易见的是,喷墨油墨颜料已经穿透到纤维纸质基材中,可能达到至少700nm、至少800nm或至少900nm的穿透深度。The atomic concentration of copper (Cu) within the ink dot and within the fibrous paper substrate as a function of approximate depth within the first prior art cyan inkjet ink film construction was measured as described above. The initial Cu measured near the top surface of the cyan-containing ink film construction was approximately 0.8 atomic %. Within a depth of approximately 100 nm, the Cu steadily decreased to approximately 0.1 atomic %. Within a depth range of approximately 100 nm to 1,000 nm, the Cu decreased from approximately 0.1 atomic % to approximately 0. Thus, it is apparent that the inkjet ink pigment has penetrated into the fibrous paper substrate, potentially to a penetration depth of at least 700 nm, at least 800 nm, or at least 900 nm.

对在现有技术的第二个青色的喷墨油墨膜构造内,随近似深度而变的油墨点构造内的铜的原子浓度的额外的测量产生以下发现:在顶部表面附近测量的在油墨点构造内的铜的初始原子浓度[Cu]是约0.02原子%。该浓度在约3,000nm的深度上一般得以维持。在约3,000nm至接近6,000nm的深度范围内,[Cu]很平缓地下降到约0.01原子%。将显而易见,该现有技术的构造在基材的表面上具有很少的油墨膜或没有油墨膜,并且颜料穿透到基材中是明显的(至少5-6微米)。Additional measurements of the atomic concentration of copper within the ink dot construction as a function of approximate depth within a second prior art cyan inkjet ink film construction yielded the following findings: The initial atomic concentration of copper [Cu] within the ink dot construction, measured near the top surface, was approximately 0.02 atomic %. This concentration was generally maintained to a depth of approximately 3,000 nm. [Cu] decreased very gradually to approximately 0.01 atomic % within a depth range of approximately 3,000 nm to approximately 6,000 nm. It will be apparent that this prior art construction had little or no ink film on the surface of the substrate, and pigment penetration into the substrate was significant (at least 5-6 microns).

鉴于上文所描述(尤其关于图16A和16B)的本发明的层压膜转移技术的基本性质并且鉴于由本发明人对类似油墨膜构造进行的铜的原子浓度[Cu]测量,将似乎显而易见的是,本发明的构造的油墨膜基本上仅仅被设置在基材的表面上,并且颜料穿透到基材中在穿透深度方面和穿透量或分数方面是基本上可忽略的。In view of the basic properties of the inventive laminate film transfer technique described above (particularly with respect to Figures 16A and 16B) and in view of the atomic concentration of copper [Cu] measurements performed by the inventors on similar ink film constructions, it will seem apparent that the ink films of the inventive constructions are disposed substantially only on the surface of the substrate and that penetration of the pigment into the substrate is substantially negligible both in terms of penetration depth and in terms of the amount or fraction of penetration.

膜高度或厚度Film height or thickness

单膜油墨点或斑点的仪器测量高度(H)或厚度是使用测量激光显微镜(OlympusLEXT 3D,型号OLS4000)获得。LEP试件典型地具有在900-1150nm的范围内的高度或厚度;平版胶印试件典型地具有在750-1200nm的范围内的高度或厚度。The instrumental measurement height (H) or thickness of the single film ink dot or spot was obtained using a measuring laser microscope (Olympus LEXT 3D, Model OLS4000). LEP specimens typically had a height or thickness in the range of 900-1150 nm; lithographic offset specimens typically had a height or thickness in the range of 750-1200 nm.

关于从喷射的油墨滴产生的油墨点或膜,我们已经发现,油墨点的最大平均基材上厚度可以从以下等式计算:With respect to ink dots or films produced from jetted ink droplets, we have found that the maximum average on-substrate thickness of the ink dots can be calculated from the following equation:

TAVG(MAX)=V/[A*RVOL] (I)T AVG(MAX) = V drop / [A film * R VOL ] (I)

其中:in:

TAVG(MAX)是最大平均基材上厚度;T AVG(MAX) is the maximum average thickness on the substrate;

V是喷射滴的体积,或喷射滴的标称或特征体积(例如由喷墨头制造商或供应商提供的标称体积); Vdrop is the volume of the ejected drop, or the nominal or characteristic volume of the ejected drop (e.g., the nominal volume provided by the inkjet head manufacturer or supplier);

A是油墨点的测量或计算面积;并且A film is the measured or calculated area of the ink dot; and

RVOL是原始油墨的体积与从那种油墨产生的经干燥的油墨残渣的体积的无量纲比。R VOL is the dimensionless ratio of the volume of the original ink to the volume of the dried ink residue generated from that ink.

举例来说,被设置在塑料印刷基材上的油墨点具有1075平方微米的面积。喷射滴的标称尺寸是10.0±0.3皮升。RVOL通过实验测定:在130℃下加热含有20.0ml油墨的容器直到获得干残渣。残渣具有1.8ml的体积。带入到等式(I)中,TAVG(MAX)=10皮升/[1075μm2*(20.0/1.8)]=837nm。For example, an ink dot deposited on a plastic printing substrate has an area of 1075 square microns. The nominal size of the jetted droplet is 10.0 ± 0.3 picoliters. R VOL is determined experimentally by heating a container containing 20.0 ml of ink at 130°C until a dry residue is obtained. The residue has a volume of 1.8 ml. Substituting into equation (I), T AVG(MAX) = 10 picoliters / [1075 μm 2 * (20.0 / 1.8)] = 837 nm.

对于一般呈圆形的油墨点来说,油墨点的面积可以从油墨点直径计算。此外,已经发现,无量纲比RVOL对于广泛多种喷墨油墨一般为约10。For generally circular ink dots, the area of the ink dot can be calculated from the ink dot diameter. Additionally, it has been found that the dimensionless ratio R VOL is generally about 10 for a wide variety of inkjet inks.

虽然对于穿透到基材中的油墨来说,实际平均厚度可能略小于TAVG(MAX),但该计算可以可靠地充当平均厚度的上界。此外,在各种塑料基材的情况下以及在各种优质的经涂布的基材的情况下,最大平均基材上厚度可能基本上等于平均基材上厚度。在各种经商品涂布的基材的情况下,最大平均基材上厚度可能接近平均基材上厚度,常常是在100nm、200nm或300nm以内。Although the actual average thickness may be slightly less than TAVG(MAX) for inks that penetrate the substrate, this calculation can reliably serve as an upper bound for the average thickness. Furthermore, in the case of various plastic substrates and in the case of various premium coated substrates, the maximum average on-substrate thickness may be substantially equal to the average on-substrate thickness. In the case of various commodity coated substrates, the maximum average on-substrate thickness may be close to the average on-substrate thickness, often within 100 nm, 200 nm, or 300 nm.

关于从喷射的油墨滴产生的油墨点或膜,已经发现,油墨点的最大平均基材上厚度可以从以下等式计算:With respect to ink dots or films produced from jetted ink droplets, it has been found that the maximum average on-substrate thickness of the ink dots can be calculated from the following equation:

TAVG(MAX)=[V油墨*Fn残渣]/[A] (II)T AVG(MAX) = [V drop * ρ ink * F n residue ] / [A film * ρ film ] (II)

其中:in:

ρ油墨是油墨的比重; ρink is the specific gravity of ink;

Fn残渣是经干燥的油墨残渣的重量除以原始油墨的重量;并且Fn residue is the weight of dried ink residue divided by the weight of original ink; and

ρ是油墨的比重。 ρfilm is the specific gravity of the ink.

典型地,ρ油墨与ρ的比率为约1,以使得等式(II)可以被简化为:Typically, the ratio of pink to pfilm is about 1, so that equation (II) can be simplified to:

TAVG(MAX)=[V*Fn残渣]/A(III)T AVG(MAX) = [V drops * F n residue ] / A film (III)

对于广泛多种水性喷墨油墨来说,Fn残渣约等于喷墨油墨中固体的重量分数。For a wide variety of aqueous inkjet inks, the Fn residue is approximately equal to the weight fraction of solids in the inkjet ink.

使用上述Olympus LEXT 3D测量激光显微镜,测量各种油墨点构造在基材表面上方的高度。The height of the various ink dot configurations above the substrate surface was measured using the Olympus LEXT 3D measurement laser microscope described above.

原子力显微术(AFM)是另一种高精度的测量技术,其用于测量高度并且测定基材上的油墨点厚度。AFM测量可以使用可商购的设备,例如Park Scientific InstrumentsModel Autoprobe CP扫描探针显微术来进行,其配备有Proscan版本1.3软件(或较近的版本)。AFM的使用深入地描述于文献中,例如Renmei Xu等人,“The Effect of Ink JetPapers Roughness on Print Gloss and Ink Film Thickness”[Department of PaperEngineering,Chemical Engineering,and Imaging Center for Ink and Printability,Western Michigan University(Kalamazoo,MI)]。Atomic force microscopy (AFM) is another high-precision measurement technique used to measure the height and determine the thickness of ink dots on substrates. AFM measurements can be performed using commercially available equipment, such as a Park Scientific Instruments Model Autoprobe CP scanning probe microscope equipped with Proscan version 1.3 software (or more recent). The use of AFM is described extensively in the literature, for example, by Renmei Xu et al., "The Effect of Ink Jet Papers Roughness on Print Gloss and Ink Film Thickness" [Department of Paper Engineering, Chemical Engineering, and Imaging Center for Ink and Printability, Western Michigan University (Kalamazoo, MI)].

关于本发明的油墨膜构造,本发明人已经发现,基材上的干油墨膜的厚度可以通过修改喷墨油墨制剂来调节。为了获得较低的点厚度,这种修改可能需要以下至少一者:With respect to the ink film constructions of the present invention, the inventors have discovered that the thickness of the dry ink film on the substrate can be adjusted by modifying the inkjet ink formulation. To achieve lower dot thicknesses, such modifications may require at least one of the following:

·降低树脂与颜料比;Reduce the resin to pigment ratio;

·选择甚至在降低的树脂与颜料比下仍能够进行充分的膜转移的树脂;Select a resin that allows for adequate film transfer even at reduced resin-to-pigment ratios;

·利用较精细的颜料粒子;Utilize finer pigment particles;

·降低颜料的绝对量。Reduce the absolute amount of pigment.

为了获得较厚的点,可以作出相反修改中的至少一者(例如增加树脂与颜料比)。To obtain thicker dots, at least one of the opposing modifications may be made (eg, increasing the resin to pigment ratio).

这些制剂变化可能使工艺操作条件的各种修改成为必需或使其有利。本发明人已经发现,较低的树脂与颜料比可能需要相对高的转移温度。These formulation changes may necessitate or facilitate various modifications to the process operating conditions.The present inventors have discovered that lower resin to pigment ratios may require relatively high transfer temperatures.

对于给定的喷墨油墨制剂来说,升高的转移温度可以降低油墨膜厚度。在压印位置将残膜转移到基材期间朝着压印滚筒的方向的压力辊或滚筒的压力增加也可以降低油墨膜厚度。而且,油墨膜厚度可以通过增加基材与中间转移构件之间的接触时间来降低,该中间转移构件在本文中可以互换地被称为“图像转移构件”并且两者都缩写为ITM。For a given inkjet ink formulation, increased transfer temperature can reduce ink film thickness. Increasing the pressure of the pressure roller or cylinder toward the impression cylinder during transfer of the residual film to the substrate at the impression position can also reduce ink film thickness. Furthermore, ink film thickness can be reduced by increasing the contact time between the substrate and an intermediate transfer member, which is interchangeably referred to herein as an "image transfer member" and both are abbreviated as ITMs.

尽管如此,根据本发明产生的油墨膜的实际最小特征(即,中值)厚度或平均厚度可以为约100nm。更典型地,这些油墨膜是单滴油墨膜,其相对于基材具有至少125nm、至少150nm、至少175nm、至少200nm、至少250nm、至少300nm、至少350nm、至少400nm、至少450nm或至少500nm的点厚度、平均点厚度或(点的顶部表面的)高度。Nevertheless, the actual minimum characteristic (i.e., median) thickness or average thickness of the ink films produced according to the present invention can be about 100 nm. More typically, these ink films are single drop ink films having a dot thickness, average dot thickness, or height (of the top surface of the dot) of at least 125 nm, at least 150 nm, at least 175 nm, at least 200 nm, at least 250 nm, at least 300 nm, at least 350 nm, at least 400 nm, at least 450 nm, or at least 500 nm relative to the substrate.

使用上文所提供的膜厚度准则,本发明人能够获得本发明的膜构造,其具有至少600nm、至少700nm、至少800nm、至少1,000nm、至少1,200nm或至少1,500nm的平均厚度。单滴膜(或单个油墨点)的特征厚度或平均厚度可以是至多约2,000nm、至多1,800nm、至多1,500nm、至多1,200nm、至多1,000nm或至多900nm。更典型地,单滴膜的特征厚度或平均厚度可以是至多800nm、至多700nm、至多650nm、至多600nm、至多500nm、至多450nm、至多400nm或至多350nm。Using the film thickness guidelines provided above, the inventors were able to obtain film constructions of the present invention having an average thickness of at least 600 nm, at least 700 nm, at least 800 nm, at least 1,000 nm, at least 1,200 nm, or at least 1,500 nm. The characteristic thickness or average thickness of a single drop film (or single ink dot) can be at most about 2,000 nm, at most 1,800 nm, at most 1,500 nm, at most 1,200 nm, at most 1,000 nm, or at most 900 nm. More typically, the characteristic thickness or average thickness of a single drop film can be at most 800 nm, at most 700 nm, at most 650 nm, at most 600 nm, at most 500 nm, at most 450 nm, at most 400 nm, or at most 350 nm.

使用上文所叙述的膜厚度准则,本发明人能够获得本发明的膜构造,其中油墨膜的特征厚度或平均厚度可以在100nm、125nm或150nm至1,800nm、1,500nm、1,200nm、1,000nm、800nm、700nm、600nm、550nm、500nm、450nm、400nm或350nm的范围内。更典型地,油墨膜的特征厚度或平均厚度可以在175nm、200nm、225nm或250nm至800nm、700nm、650nm、600nm、550nm、500nm、450nm或400nm的范围内。适合的光学密度和光学均匀性可以使用本发明的系统、工艺以及油墨制剂来获得。Using the film thickness criteria described above, the inventors were able to obtain film constructions of the present invention in which the characteristic or average thickness of the ink film can be in the range of 100 nm, 125 nm, or 150 nm to 1,800 nm, 1,500 nm, 1,200 nm, 1,000 nm, 800 nm, 700 nm, 600 nm, 550 nm, 500 nm, 450 nm, 400 nm, or 350 nm. More typically, the characteristic or average thickness of the ink film can be in the range of 175 nm, 200 nm, 225 nm, or 250 nm to 800 nm, 700 nm, 650 nm, 600 nm, 550 nm, 500 nm, 450 nm, or 400 nm. Suitable optical density and optical uniformity can be achieved using the systems, processes, and ink formulations of the present invention.

单滴油墨膜或单个油墨点(在图16A中作为点310示意性地示出)的厚度(H)可以是至多1,800nm、至多1,500nm、至多1,200nm、至多1,000nm或至多800nm,并且更典型地,至多650nm、至多600nm、至多550nm、至多500nm、至多450nm或至多400nm。单滴油墨点310的厚度(H)可以是至少50nm、至少100nm或至少125nm,并且更典型地,至少150nm、至少175nm、至少200nm或至少250nm。The thickness (H point ) of a single drop of ink film or a single ink dot (schematically shown as dot 310 in FIG. 16A ) can be at most 1,800 nm, at most 1,500 nm, at most 1,200 nm, at most 1,000 nm, or at most 800 nm, and more typically, at most 650 nm, at most 600 nm, at most 550 nm, at most 500 nm, at most 450 nm, or at most 400 nm. The thickness (H point ) of a single drop of ink dot 310 can be at least 50 nm, at least 100 nm, or at least 125 nm, and more typically, at least 150 nm, at least 175 nm, at least 200 nm, or at least 250 nm.

纵横比Aspect ratio

本发明人已经发现,本发明的油墨膜构造中单个油墨点的直径可以尤其通过选择适合于将油墨施加(例如喷射)到ITM上的油墨传递系统并且通过将油墨制剂特性(例如表面张力)调节到特定油墨头的要求来调节。The present inventors have discovered that the diameter of a single ink dot in the ink film construction of the present invention can be adjusted by, inter alia, selecting an ink delivery system suitable for applying (e.g., jetting) the ink to the ITM and by adjusting the ink formulation properties (e.g., surface tension) to the requirements of the specific ink head.

这种油墨膜直径D或基材表面上的平均点直径D点平均值可以是至少10微米、至少15μm或至少20μm并且更典型地至少30μm、至少40μm、至少50μm、至少60μm或至少75μm。D或D点平均值可以是至多300微米、至多250μm或至多200μm并且更典型地至多175μm、至多150μm、至多120μm或至多100μm。Such an ink film diameter D dot or the average dot diameter D dot average on the substrate surface may be at least 10 micrometers, at least 15 μm, or at least 20 μm, and more typically at least 30 μm, at least 40 μm, at least 50 μm, at least 60 μm, or at least 75 μm. D dot or D dot average may be at most 300 micrometers, at most 250 μm, or at most 200 μm, and more typically at most 175 μm, at most 150 μm, at most 120 μm, or at most 100 μm.

一般来说,D或D点平均值可以在10-300微米、10-250μm、15-250μm、15-200μm、15-150μm、15-120μm或15-100μm的范围内。更典型地,使用当前所用的油墨制剂和特定的油墨头,D或D点平均值可以在20-120μm、20-120μm、20-100μm、20-80μm、20-60μm、20-50μm或25-50μm的范围内。Generally, Ddot or Ddot average may be in the range of 10-300 μm, 10-250 μm, 15-250 μm, 15-200 μm, 15-150 μm, 15-120 μm, or 15-100 μm. More typically, using currently used ink formulations and specific ink heads, Ddot or Ddot average may be in the range of 20-120 μm, 20-120 μm, 20-100 μm, 20-80 μm, 20-60 μm, 20-50 μm, or 25-50 μm.

每个单滴油墨膜或单个油墨点是用由以下定义的无量纲纵横比来表征:Each single droplet of ink film or single ink dot is characterized by a dimensionless aspect ratio defined by:

R纵横=D/H R vertical and horizontal = D point / H point

其中R纵横是纵横比;D是点的最长直径;并且H是点的顶部表面相对于基材的平均高度。Where Raspect is the aspect ratio; Dpoint is the longest diameter of the dot; and Hpoint is the average height of the top surface of the dot relative to the substrate.

纵横比可以是至少15、至少20、至少25或至少30并且更典型地至少40、至少50、至少60、至少75。在许多情况下,纵横比可以是至少95、至少110或至少120。纵横比典型地为200以下或175以下。The aspect ratio may be at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, or at least 30 and more typically at least 40, at least 50, at least 60, at least 75. In many cases, the aspect ratio may be at least 95, at least 110, or at least 120. The aspect ratio is typically 200 or less or 175 or less.

表面粗糙度surface roughness

使用激光显微镜成像和其他技术,本发明人已经观测到,在本发明的油墨膜构造中的油墨点的顶部表面可以用低表面粗糙度来表征,特别是在那些构造的基材具有高的纸(或基材)光泽的时候。Using laser microscopy imaging and other techniques, the present inventors have observed that the top surfaces of the ink dots in the ink film constructions of the present invention can be characterized by low surface roughness, particularly when the substrates of those constructions have high paper (or substrate) gloss.

不希望受理论限制,本发明人相信,本发明的油墨膜构造的相对平坦度或光滑度可能在很大程度上归因于在ITM的表面上的释放层的光滑度,并且归因于本发明的系统和工艺,其中显露的油墨膜表面基本上补充了那个表面层的光滑度,并且其中显现的油墨膜图像通过转移到印刷基材上而可能基本上保持或完全保持那种补充的形貌。Without wishing to be bound by theory, the inventors believe that the relative flatness or smoothness of the ink film constructions of the present invention may be due in large part to the smoothness of the release layer on the surface of the ITM, and to the systems and processes of the present invention, wherein the revealed ink film surface substantially complements the smoothness of that surface layer, and wherein the developed ink film image may substantially or completely retain that complementary topography upon transfer to the printing substrate.

现在参考图17A,图17A是根据本发明使用的ITM或橡皮布的释放层的表面的图像。虽然表面可能名义上是平坦的,但可以观测到各种凹坑(凹陷)和隆起,典型地约1-5μm。许多这些标记具有尖锐的、不规则的特征。图17B中所提供的使用该橡皮布产生的油墨点表面的图像显示了在性质上极其类似于图17A中所示的图像的形貌特征。点表面散布有具有尖锐的、不规则的特征的许多个标记,这些标记非常类似于橡皮布表面中的不规则的标记(并且在与橡皮布表面中的不规则的标记相同的尺寸范围内)。Reference is now made to FIG. 17A , which is an image of the surface of a release layer of an ITM or blanket used in accordance with the present invention. Although the surface may be nominally flat, various pits (depressions) and protrusions, typically about 1-5 μm in size, can be observed. Many of these marks have sharp, irregular features. An image of the ink dot surface produced using the blanket, provided in FIG. 17B , shows topographical features that are qualitatively very similar to those shown in FIG. 17A . The dot surface is dotted with numerous marks having sharp, irregular features that closely resemble (and are within the same size range as) the irregular marks in the blanket surface.

安置了较光滑的橡皮布;图17C提供了该橡皮布的释放层的图像。明显不存在图17A的不规则的凹坑。分散在高度光滑的表面上的是高度呈圆形的表面瑕疵,这些表面瑕疵可能是由气泡形成,典型地具有约1-2μm的直径。图17D中所提供的使用该橡皮布产生的油墨点表面的图像显示了在性质上极其类似于图17C中所示的图像的形貌特征。该图像实际上没有独特的凹坑,但具有许多高度呈圆形的表面瑕疵,这些表面瑕疵在尺寸和形态方面极其类似于橡皮布表面所示的表面瑕疵。A smoother blanket was applied; FIG17C provides an image of the release layer of this blanket. The irregular pits of FIG17A are conspicuously absent. Interspersed across the highly smooth surface are highly circular surface defects, likely formed by air bubbles, typically having a diameter of approximately 1-2 μm. FIG17D provides an image of an ink dot surface produced using this blanket, showing topographical features that are qualitatively very similar to those shown in FIG17C. This image is virtually devoid of distinct pits, but rather possesses numerous highly circular surface defects that closely resemble the surface defects shown on the blanket surface in size and morphology.

塑料基材Plastic substrate

鉴于前面提到的如在各种纤维基材上观测到的结果,并且鉴于本发明的转移技术的基本性质,本发明的油墨点预期同样在塑料印刷基材上展现优良的光学和形状特性,包括圆度、凸度、边缘参差度以及表面粗糙度。In view of the aforementioned results as observed on various fibrous substrates, and in view of the fundamental nature of the transfer technology of the present invention, the ink dots of the present invention are expected to exhibit excellent optical and topological properties, including roundness, convexity, edge raggedness, and surface roughness, on plastic printed substrates as well.

印刷在多种塑料印刷基材上的油墨点的非凸度或凸度偏差可以典型地是至多0.020、至多0.018、至多0.016、至多0.014、至多0.012或至多0.010。至少一些油墨点可以展现至多0.008、至多0.006、至多0.005、至多0.004、至多0.0035、至多0.0030、至多0.0025或至多0.0020的非凸度。在一些基材(例如聚酯和无规聚丙烯基材)上,典型油墨点可以展现至多0.006、至多0.004、至多0.0035,且甚至更典型地,至多0.0030、至多0.0025或至多0.0020的非凸度。The non-convexity or deviation from convexity of ink dots printed on various plastic printing substrates can typically be at most 0.020, at most 0.018, at most 0.016, at most 0.014, at most 0.012, or at most 0.010. At least some ink dots can exhibit a non-convexity of at most 0.008, at most 0.006, at most 0.005, at most 0.004, at most 0.0035, at most 0.0030, at most 0.0025, or at most 0.0020. On some substrates (e.g., polyester and random polypropylene substrates), a typical ink dot can exhibit a non-convexity of at most 0.006, at most 0.004, at most 0.0035, and even more typically, at most 0.0030, at most 0.0025, or at most 0.0020.

在全塑料基材上,根据本发明的油墨点构造中的单个油墨点可以展现至多0.8、至多0.7、至多0.6、至多0.5、至多0.4、至多0.35、至多0.3、至多0.25、至多0.20、至多0.18或至多0.15的典型圆度偏差。在各种光滑塑料(如无规聚丙烯和各种聚酯)上,单个的油墨点可以展现至多0.35、至多0.3、至多0.25、至多0.20、至多0.18、至多0.15、至多0.12、至多0.10、至多0.08、至多0.06、至多0.05、至多0.04或至多0.035的典型圆度偏差。On an all-plastic substrate, a single ink dot in an ink dot construction according to the present invention may exhibit a typical deviation from roundness of at most 0.8, at most 0.7, at most 0.6, at most 0.5, at most 0.4, at most 0.35, at most 0.3, at most 0.25, at most 0.20, at most 0.18, or at most 0.15. On various smooth plastics (such as random polypropylene and various polyesters), a single ink dot may exhibit a typical deviation from roundness of at most 0.35, at most 0.3, at most 0.25, at most 0.20, at most 0.18, at most 0.15, at most 0.12, at most 0.10, at most 0.08, at most 0.06, at most 0.05, at most 0.04, or at most 0.035.

树脂的玻璃转变温度Glass transition temperature of resin

本发明人已经发现,在选择用于支持本发明的油墨膜构造的制剂内的树脂和树脂组合时,软化温度(或至少部分无定形的树脂的玻璃转变温度)可以是树脂适用性的有用的指标。具体地说,用于油墨制剂中(并且被设置在本发明的油墨膜中)的树脂可以具有至少42℃、至少44℃、至少46℃、至少48℃或至少50℃的玻璃转变温度(Tg)。然而,这些树脂可能太软,这可负面影响所印刷图像的抗磨性,并且也可能与在接近周围的温度(例如约40℃)下图像的粘性和流动性有关。更显著地,这些树脂可能引起喷墨印刷头堵塞,尤其当橡皮布被加热并且递送热量到喷射单元时。因此,更典型地,Tg可以是至少52℃、至少54℃、至少56℃、至少58℃、至少60℃、至少65℃、至少70℃、至少75℃、至少80℃、至少85℃、至少90℃或至少95℃。玻璃转变温度典型地是至多120℃、至多110℃、至多105℃或至多100℃,并且在一些情况下,至多95℃、至多90℃或至多85℃。The present inventors have discovered that the softening temperature (or glass transition temperature for at least partially amorphous resins) can be a useful indicator of resin suitability when selecting resins and resin combinations for use in formulations supporting the ink film constructions of the present invention. Specifically, resins used in ink formulations (and provided in the ink films of the present invention) can have a glass transition temperature ( Tg ) of at least 42°C, at least 44°C, at least 46°C, at least 48°C, or at least 50°C. However, these resins can be too soft, which can negatively impact the abrasion resistance of the printed image and can also be associated with image tack and flow at near-ambient temperatures (e.g., about 40°C). More significantly, these resins can cause clogging of the inkjet printhead, particularly when the blanket is heated and delivering heat to the jetting elements. Thus, more typically, the Tg can be at least 52°C, at least 54°C, at least 56°C, at least 58°C, at least 60°C, at least 65°C, at least 70°C, at least 75°C, at least 80°C, at least 85°C, at least 90°C, or at least 95°C. The glass transition temperature is typically at most 120°C, at most 110°C, at most 105°C, or at most 100°C, and in some cases, at most 95°C, at most 90°C, or at most 85°C.

更一般地说,从工艺的观点来看,被设置在ITM上的油墨制剂在变得没有或基本上没有水、任何助溶剂以及将在工艺条件下蒸发的其他可蒸发的物质,例如pH调节剂(产生“油墨固体”、“经干燥的油墨残渣”等等)和/或其树脂之后,可以具有至少42℃、至少44℃、至少46℃、至少48℃或至少50℃的TgMore generally, from a process standpoint, the ink formulation disposed on the ITM, after becoming free or substantially free of water, any co-solvents and other evaporable materials that would evaporate under process conditions, such as pH adjusters (yielding "ink solids,""dried ink residue," etc.), and/or its resin, can have a Tg of at least 42°C, at least 44°C, at least 46°C, at least 48°C, or at least 50°C.

在观测到多个玻璃转变温度的情况下,如本文所用的术语Tg是指以下中的至少一者:(i)主要树脂(以重量计)的玻璃转变温度,以及(ii)多个树脂的最高Tg。Where multiple glass transition temperatures are observed, the term Tg as used herein refers to at least one of: (i) the glass transition temperature of the primary resin (by weight), and (ii) the highest Tg of the plurality of resins.

分析印刷基材上的油墨膜Analyzing ink films on printed substrates

对印刷品的3个薄片(以B2计,750x530mm)进行以下程序:1周后,将薄片切割成3×3cm的片,并且引入到含有溶解于水中的1%2-氨基-2-甲基-1-丙醇的300克溶液中,该溶液能够充分溶解使用各种水溶性油墨印刷的油墨图像。然而,如果溶液保持呈无色,那么就与水分离并且引入相同重量的极性较小的溶剂乙醇。再一次地,如果溶液保持呈无色,那么就与溶剂分离并且引入相同重量的极性较小的溶剂甲基乙基酮。用以下极性较小的溶剂成功地继续进行程序:乙酸乙酯、甲苯以及IsoparTM(异链烷烃的合成混合物)。在室温下与最适当的溶剂一起搅拌5小时后,经5微米过滤器过滤混合物。使用旋转蒸发器干燥含有经溶解的油墨的滤液。然后,将残渣溶解于5克DMSO(或以上所列的溶剂之一)中,并且在烘箱中于110℃下干燥12小时以得到“经回收的残渣”。Three thin sheets of printed material (750x530 mm in B2 format) were subjected to the following procedure: After one week, the sheets were cut into 3x3 cm pieces and introduced into 300 g of a solution containing 1% 2-amino-2-methyl-1-propanol dissolved in water, a solution that is capable of fully dissolving ink images printed using various water-soluble inks. However, if the solution remained colorless, the water was separated and the same weight of the less polar solvent ethanol was introduced. Once again, if the solution remained colorless, the solvent was separated and the same weight of the less polar solvent methyl ethyl ketone was introduced. The procedure was successfully continued with the following less polar solvents: ethyl acetate, toluene, and Isopar (a synthetic mixture of isoparaffins). After stirring for 5 hours at room temperature with the most appropriate solvent, the mixture was filtered through a 5-micron filter. The filtrate containing the dissolved ink was dried using a rotary evaporator. The residue was then dissolved in 5 g of DMSO (or one of the solvents listed above) and dried in an oven at 110° C. for 12 hours to obtain the “recovered residue”.

然后,可以(例如如上文所描述通过随温度而变进行粘度“扫描”)表征经回收的残渣的热流变行为,并且当可获得时与经干燥的原始油墨样品的热流变行为相比较。本发明人已经发现该程序提供经回收的残渣的热流变行为与经干燥的原始油墨样品的热流变行为之间的强相关。本发明人相信该相关性可能归因于停留时间增加以及使用额外的具有不同极性的溶剂。The thermorheological behavior of the recovered residue can then be characterized (e.g., by performing a viscosity "sweep" as a function of temperature as described above) and, when available, compared to the thermorheological behavior of the dried original ink sample. The inventors have found that this procedure provides a strong correlation between the thermorheological behavior of the recovered residue and the thermorheological behavior of the dried original ink sample. The inventors believe that this correlation may be due to the increased residence time and the use of additional solvents with different polarities.

该程序可以有利地用于产生并且热流变表征从如杂志和小册子等印刷品中回收的干的油墨残渣。This procedure can be advantageously used to generate and thermorheologically characterize dried ink residues recovered from printed materials such as magazines and brochures.

本领域的一般技术人员应容易了解,其他潜在优良的程序可以被用来使印刷基材脱墨并且产生经回收的油墨残渣以供流变、热流变和/或化学分析。Those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that other potentially superior procedures may be used to deink the printed substrate and produce a recovered ink residue for rheological, thermorheological, and/or chemical analysis.

油墨制剂和油墨膜组成Ink formulations and ink film compositions

尤其,本发明的喷墨油墨是水性油墨,这在于其含有水,通常至少30wt.%并且更普遍地约50wt.%或更多;任选地,一种或多种水可混溶的助溶剂;至少一种着色剂,分散或至少部分溶解于水和任选的助溶剂中;以及有机聚合树脂粘合剂,分散或至少部分溶解于水和任选的助溶剂中。In particular, the inkjet inks of the present invention are aqueous inks in that they contain water, typically at least 30 wt. % and more commonly about 50 wt. % or more; optionally, one or more water-miscible cosolvents; at least one colorant, dispersed or at least partially dissolved in the water and the optional cosolvent; and an organic polymeric resin binder, dispersed or at least partially dissolved in the water and the optional cosolvent.

应了解,基于丙烯酸的聚合物在碱性pH下可以是带负电荷的。因此,在一些实施方案中,树脂粘合剂在pH 8或更高pH下具有负电荷;在一些实施方案中,树脂粘合剂在pH 9或更高pH下具有负电荷。此外,树脂粘合剂于水中的溶解度或分散度可能受pH影响。因此,在一些实施方案中,制剂包括升高pH的化合物,其非限制性实例包括二乙胺、单乙醇胺以及2-氨基-2-甲基丙醇。这些化合物当包括于油墨中时,一般以少量包括,例如制剂的约1wt.%并且通常不超过制剂的约2wt.%。在其他实施方案中,油墨制剂未补充pH调节剂。It should be understood that acrylic acid-based polymers can be negatively charged at alkaline pH. Therefore, in some embodiments, the resin binder has a negative charge at pH 8 or higher; in some embodiments, the resin binder has a negative charge at pH 9 or higher. In addition, the solubility or dispersibility of the resin binder in water may be affected by pH. Therefore, in some embodiments, the formulation includes a compound that increases pH, non-limiting examples of which include diethylamine, monoethanolamine, and 2-amino-2-methylpropanol. These compounds, when included in the ink, are generally included in small amounts, such as about 1 wt.% of the formulation and generally not more than about 2 wt.% of the formulation. In other embodiments, the ink formulation is not supplemented with a pH regulator.

本发明的油墨膜构造的油墨膜含有至少一种着色剂。按完整油墨制剂的重量计,油墨膜内至少一种着色剂的浓度可以是至少2%、至少3%、至少4%、至少6%、至少8%、至少10%、至少15%、至少20%或至少22%。典型地,油墨膜内至少一种着色剂的浓度是至多40%、至多35%、至多30%或至多25%。The ink film of the ink film construction of the present invention contains at least one colorant. The concentration of the at least one colorant in the ink film can be at least 2%, at least 3%, at least 4%, at least 6%, at least 8%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, or at least 22% by weight of the complete ink formulation. Typically, the concentration of the at least one colorant in the ink film is at most 40%, at most 35%, at most 30%, or at most 25%.

更典型地,油墨膜可以含有2-30%、3-25%或4-25%的至少一种着色剂。More typically, the ink film may contain 2-30%, 3-25%, or 4-25% of at least one colorant.

颜料的粒度可以取决于颜料的类型和制备颜料中所用的尺寸减缩法。一般来说,颜料粒子的d50预期在20nm至300nm的范围内。用来产生不同颜色的各种粒度的颜料可以用于同一种印刷。The particle size of the pigment may depend on the type of pigment and the size reduction method used in preparing the pigment. Generally, the d50 of the pigment particles is expected to be in the range of 20 nm to 300 nm. Pigments of various particle sizes used to produce different colors can be used in the same print.

油墨膜含有至少一种树脂或树脂粘合剂,典型地是有机聚合树脂。油墨膜内至少一种树脂的浓度可以是至少10%、至少15%、至少20%、至少25%、至少35%、至少40%、至少50%、至少60%、至少70%或至少80%(按重量计)。The ink film contains at least one resin or resin binder, typically an organic polymeric resin. The concentration of the at least one resin in the ink film may be at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, or at least 80% by weight.

油墨膜内着色剂和树脂的总浓度可以是至少10%、至少15%、至少20%、至少30%或至少40%(按重量计)。然而,更典型地,油墨膜内着色剂和树脂的总浓度可以是至少50%、至少60%、至少70%、至少80%或至少85%。在许多情况下,油墨膜内着色剂和树脂的总浓度可以是油墨膜重量的至少90%、至少95%或至少97%。The total concentration of colorant and resin within the ink film may be at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 30%, or at least 40% by weight. More typically, however, the total concentration of colorant and resin within the ink film may be at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 85%. In many cases, the total concentration of colorant and resin within the ink film may be at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 97% by weight of the ink film.

名义上,树脂分散体可以是或可以包括聚酯(包括共-聚酯)或丙烯酸苯乙烯共聚物(或共(丙烯酸乙酯甲基丙烯酸)分散体。来自油墨制剂的丙烯酸苯乙烯共聚物最终保留在粘着到印刷基材的油墨膜中。Nominally, the resin dispersion can be or include a polyester (including co-polyesters) or acrylic styrene copolymer (or co(ethyl acrylate methacrylate)) dispersion. The acrylic styrene copolymer from the ink formulation ultimately remains in the ink film that adheres to the printed substrate.

在一个实施方案中,根据本发明的油墨膜构造中的油墨膜没有或基本上没有蜡。典型地,根据本发明的油墨膜含有少于30%的蜡、少于20%的蜡、少于15%的蜡、少于10%的蜡、少于7%的蜡、少于5%的蜡、少于3%的蜡、少于2%的蜡或少于1%的蜡。In one embodiment, the ink film in the ink film construction according to the present invention is free or substantially free of wax. Typically, the ink film according to the present invention contains less than 30% wax, less than 20% wax, less than 15% wax, less than 10% wax, less than 7% wax, less than 5% wax, less than 3% wax, less than 2% wax, or less than 1% wax.

在一个实施方案中,根据本发明的油墨膜没有或基本上没有油,如矿物油和植物油(例如亚麻仁油和大豆油),或胶印油墨制剂中所用的各种油。典型地,根据本发明的油墨膜含有至多20%、至多12%、至多8%、至多5%、至多3%、至多1%、至多0.5%或至多0.1%(按重量计)的一种或多种油、交联脂肪酸或在风干时产生的脂肪酸衍生物。In one embodiment, the ink film according to the present invention is free or substantially free of oils, such as mineral oils and vegetable oils (e.g., linseed oil and soybean oil), or various oils used in offset ink formulations. Typically, the ink film according to the present invention contains up to 20%, up to 12%, up to 8%, up to 5%, up to 3%, up to 1%, up to 0.5%, or up to 0.1% (by weight) of one or more oils, cross-linked fatty acids, or fatty acid derivatives produced upon air drying.

在一个实施方案中,根据本发明的油墨膜没有或基本上没有一种或多种盐,包括用于使油墨凝结或沉淀在转移构件上或基材上的盐(例如氯化钙)。典型地,根据本发明的油墨膜含有至多8%、至多5%、至多4%、至多3%、至多1%、至多0.5%、至多0.3%或至多0.1%的一种或多种盐。In one embodiment, the ink film according to the present invention is free or substantially free of one or more salts, including salts used to coagulate or precipitate the ink on the transfer member or substrate (e.g., calcium chloride). Typically, the ink film according to the present invention contains at most 8%, at most 5%, at most 4%, at most 3%, at most 1%, at most 0.5%, at most 0.3%, or at most 0.1% of one or more salts.

在一个实施方案中,根据本发明的油墨膜没有或基本上没有一种或多种光引发剂。典型地,根据本发明的油墨膜含有至多2%、至多1%、至多0.5%、至多0.3%、至多0.2%或至多0.1%的一种或多种光引发剂。In one embodiment, the ink film according to the present invention is free or substantially free of one or more photoinitiators. Typically, the ink film according to the present invention contains at most 2%, at most 1%, at most 0.5%, at most 0.3%, at most 0.2%, or at most 0.1% of one or more photoinitiators.

在一个实施方案中,本发明的油墨膜构造的印刷基材没有或基本上没有一种或多种可溶盐,包括用于或适合于使油墨或其组分凝结或沉淀在基材上的盐(例如氯化钙)。在一个实施方案中,本发明的油墨膜构造的印刷基材含有每1m2的纸至多100mg的可溶盐、至多50mg的可溶盐或至多30mg的可溶盐,并且更典型地至多20mg的可溶盐、至多10mg的可溶盐、至多5mg的可溶盐或至多2mg的可溶盐。In one embodiment, the printing substrate of the ink film construction of the present invention is free or substantially free of one or more soluble salts, including salts used or suitable for causing the ink or its components to coagulate or precipitate on the substrate (e.g., calcium chloride). In one embodiment, the printing substrate of the ink film construction of the present invention contains at most 100 mg of soluble salts, at most 50 mg of soluble salts, or at most 30 mg of soluble salts per 1 m 2 of paper, and more typically at most 20 mg of soluble salts, at most 10 mg of soluble salts, at most 5 mg of soluble salts, or at most 2 mg of soluble salts.

在一个实施方案中,油墨膜和制剂基本上不含糖。典型地,本发明油墨内糖的浓度(按重量计)是至多6%、至多4%、至多3%、至多1%、至多0.5%、至多0.3%或至多0.1%。In one embodiment, the ink film and formulation are substantially free of sugar. Typically, the concentration of sugar (by weight) in the ink of the present invention is at most 6%, at most 4%, at most 3%, at most 1%, at most 0.5%, at most 0.3% or at most 0.1%.

在一个实施方案中,根据本发明的油墨膜没有或基本上没有一种或多种底层涂饰剂(如凝结剂或粘度构建剂)。如本领域的一般技术人员将了解,这些底层涂饰剂可以是喷射到基材的表面上,或以其他方式施加。底层涂饰剂可以仅仅在随后所喷射的油墨滴附近施加,或者可以施加在基本上基材的整个印刷表面上。典型地,根据本发明的油墨膜含有至多2%、至多1%、至多0.5%、至多0.3%、至多0.2%或至多0.1%的这些底层涂饰剂。In one embodiment, the ink film according to the present invention is free of or substantially free of one or more primers (e.g., coagulants or viscosity builders). As will be appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, these primers may be sprayed onto the surface of the substrate or applied in some other manner. The primer may be applied only in the vicinity of the subsequently jetted ink droplets, or may be applied over substantially the entire printed surface of the substrate. Typically, the ink film according to the present invention contains at most 2%, at most 1%, at most 0.5%, at most 0.3%, at most 0.2%, or at most 0.1% of these primers.

应了解,这类底层涂饰剂可以在化学上与印刷基材相互作用,或更通常地,与喷墨油墨的组分相互作用,以产生“经键结的底层涂饰剂”。因此,在一个实施方案中,根据本发明的油墨膜没有或基本上没有一种或多种经键结的底层涂饰剂。典型地,根据本发明的油墨膜含有至多2%、至多1%、至多0.5%、至多0.3%、至多0.2%或至多0.1%的这些底层涂饰剂。It will be appreciated that such primers can chemically interact with the printed substrate, or more generally, with the components of the inkjet ink, to produce a "bound primer." Thus, in one embodiment, the ink film according to the present invention is free of, or substantially free of, one or more bound primers. Typically, the ink film according to the present invention contains at most 2%, at most 1%, at most 0.5%, at most 0.3%, at most 0.2%, or at most 0.1% of such primers.

在一个实施方案中,根据本发明的油墨膜构造中的油墨膜含有至多5%、至多3%、至多2%、至多1%或至多0.5%(按重量计)的无机填料粒子,如二氧化硅。In one embodiment, the ink film in the ink film construction according to the present invention contains at most 5%, at most 3%, at most 2%, at most 1%, or at most 0.5% (by weight) of inorganic filler particles, such as silica.

在一个实施方案中,在20℃至60℃的温度范围内的至少一个特定温度下,在7.5至10的范围内或8至11的范围内的pH下,存在于本发明的油墨膜中的经干燥的树脂于水中的溶解度可以是至少3%、至少5%或至少10%。在替代实施方案中,聚合树脂不高度可溶于水(例如少于3%(按重量计),在7.5至10的范围内的至少一个pH值下),但可分散在其中。In one embodiment, the dried resin present in the ink film of the present invention may have a solubility in water of at least 3%, at least 5%, or at least 10% at at least one specific temperature within the temperature range of 20° C. to 60° C., at a pH within the range of 7.5 to 10, or within the range of 8 to 11. In alternative embodiments, the polymeric resin is not highly soluble in water (e.g., less than 3% by weight at at least one pH value within the range of 7.5 to 10), but is dispersible therein.

在一个实施方案中,在20℃至60℃的温度范围内的至少一个特定温度下,在8至10的范围内或8至11的范围内的pH下,本发明的经回收的油墨膜于水中的溶解度可以是至少3%、至少5%或至少10%。In one embodiment, the solubility of the recovered ink film of the present invention in water at at least one specific temperature in the temperature range of 20°C to 60°C, at a pH in the range of 8 to 10 or in the range of 8 to 11 may be at least 3%, at least 5%, or at least 10%.

印刷图像的水牢度Water fastness of printed images

ASTM标准F2292-03(2008),“Standard Practice for Determining theWaterfastness of Images Produced by Ink Jet Printers Utilizing Four DifferentTest Methods—Drip,Spray,Submersion and Rub”可以被用来评定被印刷在各种基材上的油墨点和膜的水牢度。根据本发明的油墨构造的水牢度可以通过这三种测试方法来评估:点滴、喷雾以及浸入。ASTM standard F2292-03 (2008), "Standard Practice for Determining the Waterfastness of Images Produced by Ink Jet Printers Utilizing Four Different Test Methods—Drip, Spray, Submersion, and Rub," can be used to evaluate the waterfastness of ink dots and films printed on various substrates. The waterfastness of ink constructions according to the present invention can be evaluated using these three test methods: drip, spray, and immersion.

在全部三个测试中,若干本发明的油墨膜构造展现完美的水牢度;没有观测到油墨渗出、拖尾或转移。In all three tests, several of the inventive ink film constructions exhibited perfect waterfastness; no ink bleeding, smearing, or transfer was observed.

在一些实施方案中,上膜表面含有至少一种PEI;聚季铵盐阳离子瓜尔胶,如瓜尔胶羟丙基三甲基氯化铵和羟丙基瓜尔胶羟丙基三甲基氯化铵。In some embodiments, the upper film surface comprises at least one PEI; a polyquaternium cationic guar, such as guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride and hydroxypropyl guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride.

在一些实施方案中,上膜表面含有具有季胺基的聚合物,如各种伯胺的盐酸盐。In some embodiments, the upper membrane surface contains a polymer having quaternary amine groups, such as the hydrochloride salts of various primary amines.

如本文中在说明书和以上权利要求书部分所使用,术语“染料”指的是至少一种有色物质,其在应用过程中可溶于溶液或进入到溶液中并且通过光的选择性吸收来赋予颜色。As used herein in the specification and in the claims section that follows, the term "dye" refers to at least one colored substance that is soluble in or goes into solution during application and imparts color by selective absorption of light.

如本文中在说明书和以上权利要求书部分所使用,关于颜料的粒度的术语“平均粒度”或“d50”是指如通过激光衍射粒度分析仪(例如Malvern Instruments,England的MastersizerTM 2000)或通过动态光散射粒度分析仪(例如还是Malvern Instruments,England的ZetasizerTMNano-S,ZEN1600)使用标准操作规程所测定的平均粒度(以体积计)。As used herein in the specification and in the claims section that follows, the term "average particle size" or " d50 " with respect to the particle size of a pigment refers to the average particle size (by volume) as determined by a laser diffraction particle size analyzer (e.g., Mastersizer 2000 from Malvern Instruments, England) or by a dynamic light scattering particle size analyzer (e.g., Zetasizer Nano-S, ZEN1600, also from Malvern Instruments, England) using standard operating procedures.

如本文中在说明书和以上权利要求书部分所使用,术语“几何投影”是指假想的投射到印刷基材的印刷面上的几何构造。As used herein in the specification and in the claims section that follows, the term "geometric projection" refers to an imaginary geometric configuration projected onto the printing surface of a printing substrate.

如本文中在说明书和以上权利要求书部分所使用,术语“不同油墨点”是指至少部分设置在“几何投影”内的既不是“附属物”也不是重叠点或点图像的任何油墨点或油墨点图像。As used herein in the specification and in the claims section that follows, the term "distinct ink dot" refers to any ink dot or ink dot image that is at least partially disposed within a "geometric projection" and is neither a "satellite" nor an overlapping dot or dot image.

如本文中在说明书和以上权利要求书部分所使用,多个“不同油墨点”的关于圆度、凸度等的术语“平均偏差”是指单个的不同油墨点偏差的总和除以单个的不同油墨点的数目。As used herein in the specification and in the claims section that follows, the term "average deviation" of a plurality of "different ink dots" with respect to roundness, convexity, etc., refers to the sum of the deviations of the individual different ink dots divided by the number of the individual different ink dots.

如本文中在说明书和以上权利要求书部分所使用,关于制剂或经干燥的油墨残渣中的树脂的术语“重量”或“重量比”意指包括该制剂或残渣内的全部树脂含量,包括例如树脂“粘合剂”和任何树脂分散剂。As used herein in the specification and in the claims section that follows, the terms "weight" or "weight ratio" with respect to a resin in a formulation or dried ink residue are meant to include the total resin content within the formulation or residue, including, for example, the resin "binder" and any resin dispersant.

如本文中在说明书和以上权利要求书部分所使用,术语“软化剂”是如聚合树脂领域的技术人员通常将理解的术语一般使用。因此,举例来说,以按重量计1:1的比率添加到特定聚合树脂中并且获得无关紧要的树脂软化(例如Tg降低少于1℃)的物质将不被认为是关于该特定聚合树脂的“软化剂”。As used herein in the specification and in the claims section that follows, the term "softener" is used generically as one skilled in the art of polymer resins would normally understand the term. Thus, for example, a substance that is added to a particular polymer resin at a 1:1 ratio by weight and achieves insignificant softening of the resin (e.g., a decrease in Tg of less than 1°C) would not be considered a "softener" with respect to that particular polymer resin.

关于纤维印刷基材,印刷领域的技术人员应了解,用于印刷的涂布纸可以在功能上和/或在化学上一般被分为两组:被设计成与非喷墨印刷法(例如胶印印刷)一起使用的涂布纸,和被设计成特定地与采用水性油墨的喷墨印刷法一起使用的涂布纸。如本领域中所知,前一种类型的涂布纸利用矿物填料,不仅用来替换一些纸纤维以降低成本,而且对纸赋予特定的特性,如改进的印刷性、亮度、不透明度以及光滑度。在纸涂料中,矿物被用作白色颜料以隐藏纤维,从而改进亮度、白度、不透明度以及光滑度。通常用于该目的的矿物是高岭土、煅烧粘土、重质碳酸钙、沉淀碳酸钙、滑石、石膏、氧化铝、缎光白、硫酸钡粉、硫化锌、氧化锌以及塑料颜料(聚苯乙烯)。With respect to fibrous printing substrates, those skilled in the art of printing will appreciate that coated papers used for printing can be generally divided into two groups, functionally and/or chemically: coated papers designed for use with non-inkjet printing methods (e.g., offset printing), and coated papers designed specifically for use with inkjet printing methods employing aqueous inks. As is known in the art, the former type of coated paper utilizes mineral fillers, not only to replace some of the paper fibers to reduce costs, but also to impart specific properties to the paper, such as improved printability, brightness, opacity, and smoothness. In paper coatings, minerals are used as white pigments to hide the fibers, thereby improving brightness, whiteness, opacity, and smoothness. Minerals commonly used for this purpose include kaolin, calcined clay, ground calcium carbonate, precipitated calcium carbonate, talc, gypsum, aluminum oxide, satin white, barium sulfate powder, zinc sulfide, zinc oxide, and plastic pigments (polystyrene).

被设计成在非喷墨印刷法中使用的涂布纸至今已经不适合与水性喷墨油墨一起使用,或产生可能明显不同于本发明的经印刷的油墨膜构造的印刷点或斑点。Coated papers designed for use in non-inkjet printing processes have heretofore been unsuitable for use with aqueous inkjet inks, or produce printed dots or spots that may differ significantly from the printed ink film construction of the present invention.

相比之下,被设计成与喷墨油墨一起使用的专用涂布纸,这类涂布纸在一些情况下可以具有如同其他类型的涂布纸一样的填料颜料层,还可以包括高孔隙度的矿物(通常是二氧化硅)与充当粘合剂的水溶性聚合物(如聚乙烯醇(PVA)或聚乙烯基吡咯烷酮(PVP))组合的层,油墨被印刷在该层上面。这些经涂布的喷墨纸经过设计以从经印刷的油墨中快速地去除水,从而有助于印刷具有良好的均匀性和边缘粗糙度的油墨小滴。本发明涵盖被印刷在未涂布纸以及未被设计成用于喷墨用途的涂布纸上的油墨小滴,但本发明的一些实施方案并不打算涵盖被印刷在专用的经涂布的喷墨纸上的油墨小滴。In contrast, specialized coated papers designed for use with inkjet inks, such coated papers, may in some cases have a filler pigment layer like other types of coated papers, and may also include a layer of a highly porous mineral (typically silica) combined with a water-soluble polymer (such as polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) or polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP)) that acts as a binder, onto which the ink is printed. These coated inkjet papers are designed to quickly remove water from the printed ink, thereby facilitating the printing of ink droplets with good uniformity and edge roughness. The present invention encompasses ink droplets printed on uncoated paper as well as coated paper not designed for inkjet use, but some embodiments of the present invention are not intended to encompass ink droplets printed on specialized coated inkjet papers.

因此,在一些实施方案中,基材是未涂布纸。在其他实施方案中,基材是在油墨被印刷在上面的层中不含有水溶性聚合物粘合剂的涂布纸。Thus, in some embodiments, the substrate is an uncoated paper. In other embodiments, the substrate is a coated paper that does not contain a water-soluble polymeric binder in the layer onto which the ink is printed.

如本文中在说明书和以上权利要求书部分所使用,术语“经商品涂布的纤维印刷基材”意味着排除专用和高端的涂布纸,包括照相纸和经涂布的喷墨纸。As used herein in the specification and in the claims section that follows, the term "commodity coated fibrous printing substrate" is meant to exclude specialty and high-end coated papers, including photographic papers and coated inkjet papers.

在经商品涂布的纤维印刷基材的典型纸涂料中,涂料制剂可以通过将如高岭粘土和碳酸钙等颜料分散到水中,然后加入粘合剂,如聚苯乙烯丁二烯共聚物和/或煮熟的淀粉的水溶液来制备。其他的纸涂料成分,如流变改性剂、抗微生物剂、润滑剂、消泡化合物、交联剂以及pH调节添加剂,也可以少量存在于涂料中。In a typical paper coating for commercially coated fibrous printing substrates, the coating formulation can be prepared by dispersing pigments such as kaolin clay and calcium carbonate in water and then adding a binder such as a polystyrene butadiene copolymer and/or an aqueous solution of cooked starch. Other paper coating ingredients, such as rheology modifiers, biocides, lubricants, defoaming compounds, crosslinking agents, and pH adjusting additives, may also be present in the coating in small amounts.

可以用于涂料制剂中的颜料的实例是高岭土、碳酸钙(白垩)、瓷土、无定形二氧化硅、硅酸盐、硫酸钡、缎光白、三水合铝、滑石、二氧化钛以及其混合物。粘合剂的实例是淀粉、酪蛋白、大豆蛋白、聚乙酸乙烯酯、苯乙烯丁二烯乳胶、丙烯酸酯乳胶、乙烯丙烯酸乳胶以及其混合物。可以存在于纸涂料中的其他成分是例如分散剂,如聚丙烯酸酯;润滑剂,如硬脂酸盐;防腐剂;消泡剂,其可以是油基的,如烃油中的分散型二氧化硅,或水基的,如己二醇;pH调节剂,如氢氧化钠;流变改性剂,如海藻酸钠、羧甲基纤维素、淀粉、蛋白质、高粘度羟乙基纤维素以及碱溶性晶格。Examples of pigments that can be used in coating formulations are kaolin, calcium carbonate (chalk), china clay, amorphous silica, silicates, barium sulfate, satin white, aluminum trihydrate, talc, titanium dioxide, and mixtures thereof. Examples of binders are starch, casein, soy protein, polyvinyl acetate, styrene butadiene latex, acrylate latex, ethylene acrylic latex, and mixtures thereof. Other ingredients that can be present in paper coatings are, for example, dispersants such as polyacrylates; lubricants such as stearates; preservatives; defoamers, which can be oil-based, such as dispersed silica in hydrocarbon oil, or water-based, such as hexylene glycol; pH adjusters such as sodium hydroxide; rheology modifiers such as sodium alginate, carboxymethyl cellulose, starch, protein, high viscosity hydroxyethyl cellulose, and alkali-soluble lattices.

如本文中在说明书和以上权利要求书部分所使用,术语本发明的“纤维印刷基材”特别意味着包括:As used herein in the specification and in the claims section that follows, the term "fibrous printing substrate" of the present invention is specifically meant to include:

·新闻纸,包括标准新闻纸、电话薄用纸、机械加工纸以及超压光纸;Newsprint, including standard newsprint, telephone directory paper, machine-processed paper, and supercalendered paper;

·经涂布的机械纸,包括轻量型涂布纸、中量型涂布纸、重量型涂布纸、机械加工的涂布纸、膜涂布的胶印纸;Coated mechanical papers, including lightweight coated papers, medium weight coated papers, heavyweight coated papers, machine-processed coated papers, and film-coated offset papers;

·不含磨木浆的未涂布纸,包括胶印纸、轻量型纸;Uncoated paper that does not contain groundwood, including offset paper and lightweight paper;

·不含磨木浆的涂布纸,包括标准涂布的高级纸、低涂布重量的纸、美术纸;Woodfree coated papers, including standard coated fine papers, low coat weight papers, and fine art papers;

·专用高级纸,包括复印纸、数字印刷纸、连续的信纸;Specialized high-grade paper, including copy paper, digital printing paper, and continuous letter paper;

·纸板和卡纸;以及Cardboard and paperboard; and

·盒纸板。·Carton board.

如本文中在说明书和以上权利要求书部分所使用,术语本发明的“纤维印刷基材”特别意味着包括ISO 12647-2中所描述的全部五种类型的纤维胶印基材。As used herein in the specification and in the claims section that follows, the term "fibrous printing substrate" of the present invention is specifically meant to include all five types of fibrous offset printing substrates described in ISO 12647-2.

如本文中在说明书和以上权利要求书部分所使用,关于聚合树脂的术语“分散”意味着包括部分溶解的聚合树脂。As used herein in the specification and in the claims section that follows, the term "dispersed" with respect to a polymeric resin is meant to include partially dissolved polymeric resin.

如本文中在说明书和以上权利要求书部分所使用,术语“可喷射油墨制剂”等是指适合于使用按需喷滴压力印刷头重复按需喷墨喷射的油墨制剂。As used herein in the specification and in the claims section that follows, the term "jettable ink formulation" and the like refers to an ink formulation suitable for repeated drop-on-demand jetting using a drop-on-demand pressure printhead.

专利或申请文件含有至少一个以彩色制成的图。具有彩图的该专利或专利申请公开的拷贝将在请求和支付必要的费用后由事务所提供。The patent or application file contains at least one drawing executed in color. Copies of this patent or patent application publication with color drawing(s) will be provided by the Office upon request and payment of the necessary fee.

应了解,为清楚起见,在独立的实施方案的情形中描述的本发明的某些特征也可以在单一的实施方案中以组合形式提供。反过来,为简便起见,在单一的实施方案的情形中描述的本发明的各种特征也可以独立地或以任何适合的子组合形式提供。It will be appreciated that, for clarity, certain features of the present invention described in the context of independent embodiments may also be provided in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, for simplicity, various features of the present invention described in the context of a single embodiment may also be provided independently or in any suitable sub-combination.

尽管本发明已经结合其特定的实施方案加以描述,但很明显,许多替代、修改和变化将为本领域的技术人员显而易见。因此,打算包涵处于随附权利要求书的精神和广泛范围内的所有这些替代、修改和变化。本说明书中所提及的所有公开、专利以及专利申请,包括PCT公布号WO 2013/132418、WO 2013/132419、WO 2013/132420、WO 2013/132424、WO2013/136220、WO 2013/132339、WO 2013/132432以及WO 2013/132438特此以其全文引用的方式并入说明书中,其引用的程度如同每个单个公开、专利以及专利申请特定并单个地指示以引用的方式并入本文中一样。另外,在本申请中对任何参考文献的引用或鉴定不应被视为承认该参考文献可以作为现有技术用于本发明。Although the present invention has been described in conjunction with its specific embodiment, it is obvious that many substitutions, modifications and variations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Therefore, it is intended to encompass all these substitutions, modifications and variations within the spirit and broad scope of the appended claims. All disclosures, patents and patent applications mentioned in this specification, including PCT Publication Nos. WO 2013/132418, WO 2013/132419, WO 2013/132420, WO 2013/132424, WO 2013/136220, WO 2013/132339, WO 2013/132432 and WO 2013/132438 are hereby incorporated into the specification by reference in their entirety, and the extent of their quotations is as if each single disclosure, patent and patent application specifically and individually indicate that they are incorporated herein by reference. In addition, quoting or identifying any reference in this application should not be considered as admitting that the reference can be used as prior art for the present invention.

Claims (18)

1.一种水基喷墨油墨制剂,其包含:1. A water-based inkjet ink formulation, comprising: (a)含水溶剂;(a) Aqueous solvents; (b)至少一种分散或至少部分溶解于所述溶剂内的着色剂;以及(b) at least one colorant dispersed or at least partially dissolved in the solvent; and (c)至少一种分散于所述溶剂内的有机聚合树脂;以及(c) at least one organic polymeric resin dispersed in the solvent; and (d)软化剂,经选择用于降低所述聚合树脂的玻璃转变温度(Tg),所述油墨制剂在干燥时形成干油墨残渣,所述油墨残渣具有:(d) A softener, selected to lower the glass transition temperature ( Tg ) of the polymeric resin, wherein the ink formulation forms a dry ink residue upon drying, the ink residue having: (i)在60℃至110℃的第一温度范围的至少一部分中106cP至3·108cP范围内的第一动态粘度;以及(i) a first dynamic viscosity in the range of 10⁶ cP to 3.10⁸ cP in at least a portion of a first temperature range of 60°C to 110°C; and (ii)在50℃至55℃的第二温度范围的至少一部分中至少6·107cP的第二动态粘度;(ii) a second dynamic viscosity of at least 6.107 cP in at least a portion of a second temperature range of 50°C to 55°C; 在55℃下的所述第二动态粘度超过在85℃下的所述第一动态粘度;The second dynamic viscosity at 55°C exceeds the first dynamic viscosity at 85°C; 所述软化剂在150℃下具有至多0.40kPa的纯蒸气压。The softener has a pure vapor pressure of up to 0.40 kPa at 150°C. 2.如权利要求1所述的制剂,所述有机聚合树脂的至少一种特定树脂具有至少60℃的升高的玻璃转变温度(Tg)。2. The formulation of claim 1, wherein at least one specific resin of the organic polymeric resin has an elevated glass transition temperature (T<sub>g</sub> ) of at least 60°C. 3.如权利要求2所述的制剂,所述软化剂经选择和/或以一定量添加,以使所述升高的玻璃转变温度降低至少10℃。3. The formulation of claim 2, wherein the softener is selectively and/or added in a certain amount to reduce the elevated glass transition temperature by at least 10°C. 4.如权利要求1所述的制剂,所述至少一种有机聚合树脂的至少一种聚合树脂具有至少48℃的最小成膜温度(MFFT)。4. The formulation of claim 1, wherein at least one of the at least one organic polymeric resins has a minimum film-forming temperature (MFFT) of at least 48°C. 5.如权利要求1所述的制剂,所述第一温度范围是60℃至100℃。5. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the first temperature range is 60°C to 100°C. 6.如权利要求1所述的制剂,所述第一温度范围是60℃至87.5℃,在所述第一温度范围的至少一部分中,所述第一动态粘度在106cP至5·107cP范围内。6. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the first temperature range is 60°C to 87.5°C, and the first dynamic viscosity is in the range of 10⁶ cP to 5.10⁷ cP in at least a portion of the first temperature range. 7.如权利要求1所述的制剂,所述软化剂与所述干油墨残渣的重量比在0.10至0.25范围内。7. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the weight ratio of the softener to the dry ink residue is in the range of 0.10 to 0.25. 8.如权利要求1所述的制剂,所述软化剂与所述干油墨残渣的重量比在0.12至0.20范围内。8. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the weight ratio of the softener to the dry ink residue is in the range of 0.12 to 0.20. 9.如权利要求1所述的油墨制剂,所述制剂具有总固体含量,并且其中所述软化剂与所述总固体含量的第一重量比是至少0.10。9. The ink formulation of claim 1, wherein the formulation has a total solids content, and wherein the first weight ratio of the softener to the total solids content is at least 0.10. 10.如权利要求9所述的制剂,所述第一重量比是至多0.20。10. The formulation of claim 9, wherein the first weight ratio is at most 0.20. 11.如权利要求1所述的油墨制剂,所述制剂具有总树脂含量,并且其中所述软化剂与所述总树脂含量的第二重量比是至少0.08。11. The ink formulation of claim 1, wherein the formulation has a total resin content, and wherein the second weight ratio of the softener to the total resin content is at least 0.08. 12.如权利要求11所述的制剂,所述第二重量比是至多0.25。12. The formulation of claim 11, wherein the second weight ratio is at most 0.25. 13.如权利要求1所述的油墨制剂,所述制剂具有至少一种Tg为50℃以上的高Tg树脂,并且其中所述软化剂与所述至少一种高Tg树脂的第三重量比是至少0.08。13. The ink formulation of claim 1, wherein the formulation has at least one high Tg resin with a Tg of 50°C or higher, and wherein the third weight ratio of the softener to the at least one high Tg resin is at least 0.08. 14.如权利要求13所述的制剂,所述第三重量比是至多1.0。14. The formulation of claim 13, wherein the third weight ratio is at most 1.0. 15.如权利要求1所述的制剂,其中ΔT定义所述经干燥的油墨残渣开始展现特定流动性程度时的温度(TF)与基线温度(TB)之间的温差:15. The formulation of claim 1, wherein ΔT is defined as the temperature difference between the temperature at which the dried ink residue begins to exhibit a certain degree of fluidity ( TF ) and the baseline temperature ( TB ): ΔT=TF-TB ΔT=T F -T B 所述流动性程度是通过实现所述流动性程度时的临界粘度(μCR)来定义,The fluidity level is defined by the critical viscosity ( μCR ) at which the fluidity level is achieved. 并且其中,当所述基线温度等于50℃,并且所述临界粘度等于108cP时,所述温差是至少3℃。Furthermore, when the baseline temperature is 50°C and the critical viscosity is 10⁸ cP, the temperature difference is at least 3°C. 16.如权利要求1所述的制剂,所述聚合树脂包括基于丙烯酸的聚合物,所述基于丙烯酸的聚合物选自由丙烯酸聚合物和丙烯酸-苯乙烯共聚物组成的群组。16. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the polymeric resin comprises an acrylic acid-based polymer selected from the group consisting of acrylic acid polymers and acrylic acid-styrene copolymers. 17.如权利要求1所述的制剂,所述干油墨残渣的粘度随温度从85℃降至55℃而单调地增加。17. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the viscosity of the dried ink residue increases monotonically as the temperature decreases from 85°C to 55°C. 18.如权利要求1所述的制剂,所述干油墨残渣包含按重量计至少20%的所述着色剂。18. The formulation of claim 1, wherein the dry ink residue comprises at least 20% by weight of the colorant.
HK16110737.9A 2013-09-11 2014-09-11 Ink formulations and film constructions thereof HK1222668B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201361876727P 2013-09-11 2013-09-11
US61/876,727 2013-09-11
GB1401173.8 2014-01-23
GBGB1401173.8A GB201401173D0 (en) 2013-09-11 2014-01-23 Ink formulations and film constructions thereof
PCT/IB2014/002395 WO2015036865A1 (en) 2013-09-11 2014-09-11 Ink formulations and film constructions thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
HK1222668A1 HK1222668A1 (en) 2017-07-07
HK1222668B true HK1222668B (en) 2020-07-10

Family

ID=

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12129388B2 (en) Ink formulations and film constructions thereof
CN104271687B (en) Ink film constructs
CN104395415B (en) Ink film constructs
CN104220539B (en) Ink film structure
JP2015516473A (en) Inkjet ink formulation
WO2015036812A1 (en) Ink formulations and film constructions thereof
HK1222668B (en) Ink formulations and film constructions thereof
HK40012651B (en) Ink film constructions
HK40012651A (en) Ink film constructions
HK1204642B (en) Ink film constructions